WO2024073794A1 - SUBJECT SELECTION FOR 11β-HSD1 INHIBITOR TREATMENT - Google Patents
SUBJECT SELECTION FOR 11β-HSD1 INHIBITOR TREATMENT Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024073794A1 WO2024073794A1 PCT/AU2023/050878 AU2023050878W WO2024073794A1 WO 2024073794 A1 WO2024073794 A1 WO 2024073794A1 AU 2023050878 W AU2023050878 W AU 2023050878W WO 2024073794 A1 WO2024073794 A1 WO 2024073794A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- subject
- tau protein
- treatment
- group
- baseline level
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 227
- 229940126558 11β-HSD1 inhibitor Drugs 0.000 title abstract description 53
- 102000013498 tau Proteins Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 287
- 108010026424 tau Proteins Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 287
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 199
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 179
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims description 142
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 135
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 claims description 112
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 105
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 95
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 claims description 92
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims description 92
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 claims description 85
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 85
- 125000004452 carbocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 75
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 70
- -1 -O-C1-6alkyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 57
- 208000010877 cognitive disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 48
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 48
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 48
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 claims description 48
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 43
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 claims description 43
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 43
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000006714 (C3-C10) heterocyclyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 38
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 36
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 35
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 34
- 230000001149 cognitive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 32
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 30
- 230000013016 learning Effects 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 29
- 208000028698 Cognitive impairment Diseases 0.000 claims description 28
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 230000003920 cognitive function Effects 0.000 claims description 25
- MMZFGTAMARVHAF-RTHVDDQRSA-N [(1S,5R)-3-hydroxy-3-pyrimidin-2-yl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-8-yl]-[5-(1H-pyrazol-4-yl)thiophen-3-yl]methanone Chemical compound OC1(C[C@@H]2CC[C@H](C1)N2C(=O)c1csc(c1)-c1cn[nH]c1)c1ncccn1 MMZFGTAMARVHAF-RTHVDDQRSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000003930 cognitive ability Effects 0.000 claims description 19
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000000171 (C1-C6) haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000006999 cognitive decline Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000019771 cognition Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000002600 positron emission tomography Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000012093 association test Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000023105 Huntington disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000001089 Multiple system atrophy Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000024777 Prion disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010002026 amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 claims description 5
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000001073 episodic memory Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000001652 frontal lobe Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000004400 serine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000003355 serines Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000008521 threonine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000003588 threonines Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- NCDZABJPWMBMIQ-INIZCTEOSA-N 2-[(3s)-1-[5-(cyclohexylcarbamoyl)-6-propylsulfanylpyridin-2-yl]piperidin-3-yl]acetic acid Chemical compound CCCSC1=NC(N2C[C@H](CC(O)=O)CCC2)=CC=C1C(=O)NC1CCCCC1 NCDZABJPWMBMIQ-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- CLHMYBJIOZXCEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[2-methyl-2-[4-[5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-2-yl]piperazin-1-yl]propanoyl]amino]adamantane-1-carboxamide Chemical group C1C(C2)(C(N)=O)CC3CC2CC1C3NC(=O)C(C)(C)N(CC1)CCN1C1=CC=C(C(F)(F)F)C=N1 CLHMYBJIOZXCEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- BQENDLAVTKRQMS-SBBGFIFASA-L Carbenoxolone sodium Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C([C@H]1C2=CC(=O)[C@H]34)[C@@](C)(C([O-])=O)CC[C@]1(C)CC[C@@]2(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@@H]1[C@]3(C)CC[C@H](OC(=O)CCC([O-])=O)C1(C)C BQENDLAVTKRQMS-SBBGFIFASA-L 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000030451 Vascular dementia disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- IIBYAHWJQTYFKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N bezafibrate Chemical compound C1=CC(OC(C)(C)C(O)=O)=CC=C1CCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 IIBYAHWJQTYFKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960000516 bezafibrate Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960000530 carbenoxolone Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- PTIFVLOBVCIMKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[1-(4-chlorophenyl)cyclopropyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-8-yl]propan-2-ol Chemical compound N=1N=C2C(C(C)(O)C)=CC=CN2C=1C1(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CC1 PTIFVLOBVCIMKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- HUPFGZXOMWLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diflunisal Chemical compound C1=C(O)C(C(=O)O)=CC(C=2C(=CC(F)=CC=2)F)=C1 HUPFGZXOMWLGNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000616 diflunisal Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 49
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 33
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 25
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 description 24
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 22
- 239000000090 biomarker Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000000902 placebo Substances 0.000 description 19
- 229940068196 placebo Drugs 0.000 description 19
- 230000003935 attention Effects 0.000 description 18
- 230000003936 working memory Effects 0.000 description 16
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 10
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000012636 positron electron tomography Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 238000000491 multivariate analysis Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 9
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 8
- JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N hydrocortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 8
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 101100451537 Caenorhabditis elegans hsd-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000007473 univariate analysis Methods 0.000 description 6
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000002146 bilateral effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000012054 meals Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000013102 re-test Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 5
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229940049706 benzodiazepine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000013361 beverage Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 4
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 4
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229960000890 hydrocortisone Drugs 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940100578 Acetylcholinesterase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 3
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000012879 PET imaging Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003310 benzodiazepinyl group Chemical class N1N=C(C=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 102000023732 binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091008324 binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000544 cholinesterase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001353 entorhinal cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000013095 identification testing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 3
- BUGYDGFZZOZRHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N memantine Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3(C)CC1(C)CC2(N)C3 BUGYDGFZZOZRHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960004640 memantine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010202 multivariate logistic regression analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000033808 peripheral neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- MMZFGTAMARVHAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-hydroxy-3-pyrimidin-2-yl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-8-yl)-[5-(1h-pyrazol-4-yl)thiophen-3-yl]methanone Chemical compound C1C(O)(C=2N=CC=CN=2)CC2CCC1N2C(=O)C(C=1)=CSC=1C=1C=NNC=1 MMZFGTAMARVHAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 208000003174 Brain Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000020406 Creutzfeldt Jacob disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000003407 Creutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000010859 Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000011240 Frontotemporal dementia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001612 Hydroxyethyl starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710115937 Microtubule-associated protein tau Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000005314 Multi-Infarct Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000012902 Nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000025966 Neurological disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 201000004810 Vascular dementia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229930003779 Vitamin B12 Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzylamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1 WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002618 bicyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036772 blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 2
- HQABUPZFAYXKJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCN HQABUPZFAYXKJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001767 cationic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AGVAZMGAQJOSFJ-WZHZPDAFSA-M cobalt(2+);[(2r,3s,4r,5s)-5-(5,6-dimethylbenzimidazol-1-yl)-4-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] [(2r)-1-[3-[(1r,2r,3r,4z,7s,9z,12s,13s,14z,17s,18s,19r)-2,13,18-tris(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)-7,12,17-tris(3-amino-3-oxopropyl)-3,5,8,8,13,15,18,19-octamethyl-2 Chemical compound [Co+2].N#[C-].[N-]([C@@H]1[C@H](CC(N)=O)[C@@]2(C)CCC(=O)NC[C@@H](C)OP(O)(=O)O[C@H]3[C@H]([C@H](O[C@@H]3CO)N3C4=CC(C)=C(C)C=C4N=C3)O)\C2=C(C)/C([C@H](C\2(C)C)CCC(N)=O)=N/C/2=C\C([C@H]([C@@]/2(CC(N)=O)C)CCC(N)=O)=N\C\2=C(C)/C2=N[C@]1(C)[C@@](C)(CC(N)=O)[C@@H]2CCC(N)=O AGVAZMGAQJOSFJ-WZHZPDAFSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- DDRJAANPRJIHGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N creatinine Chemical compound CN1CC(=O)NC1=N DDRJAANPRJIHGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004982 dihaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003414 extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- DNZMDASEFMLYBU-RNBXVSKKSA-N hydroxyethyl starch Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O.OCCOC[C@H]1O[C@H](OCCO)[C@H](OCCO)[C@@H](OCCO)[C@@H]1OCCO DNZMDASEFMLYBU-RNBXVSKKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940050526 hydroxyethylstarch Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001411 inorganic cation Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008449 language Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000027061 mild cognitive impairment Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000007830 nerve conduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000001119 neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000007823 neuropathy Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003557 neuropsychological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 201000003077 normal pressure hydrocephalus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000002891 organic anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000001936 parietal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009597 pregnancy test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000002212 progressive supranuclear palsy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000011514 reflex Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004385 trihaloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229930195735 unsaturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019163 vitamin B12 Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011715 vitamin B12 Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001755 vocal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004885 white matter Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical class OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DSSYKIVIOFKYAU-XCBNKYQSSA-N (R)-camphor Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(C)C(=O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DSSYKIVIOFKYAU-XCBNKYQSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TUSDEZXZIZRFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-O-galloyl-3,6-(R)-HHDP-beta-D-glucose Natural products OC1C(O2)COC(=O)C3=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C3C(=O)OC1C(O)C2OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 TUSDEZXZIZRFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004277 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000874 11-beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FUFLCEKSBBHCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 11-dehydrocorticosterone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 FUFLCEKSBBHCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUOLADPCWQTTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-1,2-benzodiazepine Chemical compound N1N=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 SVUOLADPCWQTTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LBCRWMJTAFCLCL-ZUVMSYQZSA-N 2-[(1e,3e)-4-[6-(methylamino)pyridin-3-yl]buta-1,3-dienyl]-1,3-benzothiazol-6-ol Chemical compound C1=NC(NC)=CC=C1\C=C\C=C\C1=NC2=CC=C(O)C=C2S1 LBCRWMJTAFCLCL-ZUVMSYQZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQBBSMNIRWXALO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[1-(4-chlorophenyl)cyclopropyl]-[1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridin-8-yl]propan-2-ol;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.N=1N=C2C(C(C)(O)C)=CC=CN2C=1C1(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CC1 MQBBSMNIRWXALO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPHOPMSGKZNELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxynaphthalene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)O)=C(O)C=CC2=C1 UPHOPMSGKZNELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KAXAUWZJVWGFDO-SJPDSGJFSA-N 6-(18F)fluoranyl-3-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-1-ylisoquinolin-5-amine Chemical compound [18F]C1=C(C=2C=C(N=CC=2C=C1)N1C=CC=2C1=CN=CC=2)N KAXAUWZJVWGFDO-SJPDSGJFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GETAAWDSFUCLBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-(6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)-5h-pyrido[4,3-b]indole Chemical compound C1=NC(F)=CC=C1C1=CC=C2C3=CN=CC=C3NC2=C1 GETAAWDSFUCLBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000017194 Affective disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100036475 Alanine aminotransferase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010082126 Alanine transaminase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000007848 Alcoholism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000013455 Amyloid beta-Peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010090849 Amyloid beta-Peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010011485 Aspartame Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010003415 Aspartate Aminotransferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004625 Aspartate Aminotransferases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 240000006063 Averrhoa carambola Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010082 Averrhoa carambola Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000167854 Bourreria succulenta Species 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100294106 Caenorhabditis elegans nhr-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010008096 Cerebral atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000011022 Chorionic Gonadotropin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010062540 Chorionic Gonadotropin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000723346 Cinnamomum camphora Species 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 244000183685 Citrus aurantium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007716 Citrus aurantium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000005976 Citrus sinensis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000000560 Citrus x paradisi Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000032862 Clinical Deterioration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-ZPOLXVRWSA-N Cortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cortisone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000557626 Corvus corax Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010067889 Dementia with Lewy bodies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000010374 Down Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100266802 Escherichia coli (strain K12) ychF gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001263 FEMA 3042 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001917 Ficoll Polymers 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000012673 Follicle Stimulating Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079345 Follicle Stimulating Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100039289 Glial fibrillary acidic protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710193519 Glial fibrillary acidic protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010019196 Head injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006264 Korsakoff syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000002832 Lewy body dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005135 Micromeria juliana Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102100040243 Microtubule-associated protein tau Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000019022 Mood disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026072 Motor neurone disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000036110 Neuroinflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010577 Niemann-Pick disease type C Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LRBQNJMCXXYXIU-PPKXGCFTSA-N Penta-digallate-beta-D-glucose Natural products OC1=C(O)C(O)=CC(C(=O)OC=2C(=C(O)C=C(C=2)C(=O)OC[C@@H]2[C@H]([C@H](OC(=O)C=3C=C(OC(=O)C=4C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=4)C(O)=C(O)C=3)[C@@H](OC(=O)C=3C=C(OC(=O)C=4C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=4)C(O)=C(O)C=3)[C@H](OC(=O)C=3C=C(OC(=O)C=4C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=4)C(O)=C(O)C=3)O2)OC(=O)C=2C=C(OC(=O)C=3C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=3)C(O)=C(O)C=2)O)=C1 LRBQNJMCXXYXIU-PPKXGCFTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000000609 Pick Disease of the Brain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000028017 Psychotic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WINXNKPZLFISPD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Saccharin sodium Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC=C2C(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)C2=C1 WINXNKPZLFISPD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 101100167281 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) CIN4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000002114 Satureja hortensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007315 Satureja hortensis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101100016060 Schizosaccharomyces pombe (strain 972 / ATCC 24843) gtp1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000002667 Subdural Hematoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000299461 Theobroma cacao Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000009470 Theobroma cacao Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010044688 Trisomy 21 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004243 Tubulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000704 Tubulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000007930 Type C Niemann-Pick Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000008485 Wernicke-Korsakoff syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001361 achilles tendon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036982 action potential Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004100 adrenal gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001413 alkali metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003674 animal food additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003423 ankle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009175 antibody therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940055075 anticholinesterase parasympathomimetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002216 antistatic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003782 apoptosis assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000605 aspartame Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010357 aspartame Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N aspartame Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003438 aspartame Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003149 assay kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011952 auditory verbal learning test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011888 autopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003725 azepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002393 azetidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004069 aziridinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005821 brain abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005997 bromomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004106 butoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000480 butynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960000846 camphor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930008380 camphor Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003710 cerebral cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019693 cherries Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004218 chloromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003759 clinical diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011260 co-administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006998 cognitive state Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000009508 confectionery Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004544 cortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940109239 creatinine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009795 derivation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940096516 dextrates Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000015872 dietary supplement Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006001 difluoroethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000723 dihydrobenzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003974 emollient agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010015037 epilepsy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940093499 ethyl acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002194 fatty esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005817 fluorobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004216 fluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005816 fluoropropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940028334 follicle stimulating hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000002683 foot Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000014105 formulated food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002737 fructose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000015203 fruit juice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005046 glial fibrillary acidic protein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004153 glucose metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930182470 glycoside Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002338 glycosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036449 good health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004884 grey matter Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000006038 hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005980 hexynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940084986 human chorionic gonadotropin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N hydroxymaleic acid group Chemical group O/C(/C(=O)O)=C/C(=O)O UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003063 hydroxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940031574 hydroxymethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004179 hypothalamic–pituitary–adrenal axis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003016 hypothalamus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009802 hysterectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004594 isoindolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003907 kidney function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003127 knee Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002197 limbic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037356 lipid metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003908 liver function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000024714 major depressive disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000845 maltitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010449 maltitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VQHSOMBJVWLPSR-WUJBLJFYSA-N maltitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O VQHSOMBJVWLPSR-WUJBLJFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940035436 maltitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003194 meglumine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006993 memory improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004914 menses Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036630 mental development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003340 mental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004682 monohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000007659 motor function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GTWJETSWSUWSEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-benzylaniline Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNC1=CC=CC=C1 GTWJETSWSUWSEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- BDQCDIWFPIDPQU-NDEPHWFRSA-N n-methyl-5-[4-[1-[(1r)-3-oxospiro[2-benzofuran-1,3'-pyrrolidine]-1'-carbonyl]cyclopropyl]phenyl]pyridine-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=NC(C(=O)NC)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(C2(CC2)C(=O)N2C[C@@]3(CC2)C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)O3)C=C1 BDQCDIWFPIDPQU-NDEPHWFRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002663 nebulization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008035 nerve activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002682 neurofibrillary tangle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003959 neuroinflammation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002981 neuropathic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007121 neuropathological change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007171 neuropathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002547 new drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Substances N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GQPLMRYTRLFLPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrous oxide Inorganic materials [O-][N+]#N GQPLMRYTRLFLPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000035764 nutrition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000869 occipital lobe Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)(=O)O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009806 oophorectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011474 orchiectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N palmitic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001152 parietal lobe Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002255 pentenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005981 pentynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- JTJMJGYZQZDUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phencyclidine Chemical compound C1CCCCN1C1(C=2C=CC=CC=2)CCCCC1 JTJMJGYZQZDUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008105 phosphatidylcholines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940067605 phosphatidylethanolamines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001817 pituitary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000005522 programmed cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 208000020016 psychiatric disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005495 pyridazyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000022610 schizoaffective disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000980 schizophrenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002545 silicone oil Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000011888 snacks Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003270 steroid hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002739 subcortical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000015523 tannic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002258 tannic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- LRBQNJMCXXYXIU-NRMVVENXSA-N tannic acid Chemical compound OC1=C(O)C(O)=CC(C(=O)OC=2C(=C(O)C=C(C=2)C(=O)OC[C@@H]2[C@H]([C@H](OC(=O)C=3C=C(OC(=O)C=4C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=4)C(O)=C(O)C=3)[C@@H](OC(=O)C=3C=C(OC(=O)C=4C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=4)C(O)=C(O)C=3)[C@@H](OC(=O)C=3C=C(OC(=O)C=4C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=4)C(O)=C(O)C=3)O2)OC(=O)C=2C=C(OC(=O)C=3C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=3)C(O)=C(O)C=2)O)=C1 LRBQNJMCXXYXIU-NRMVVENXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940033123 tannic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003478 temporal lobe Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002435 tendon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003039 tetrahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000003813 thumb Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004205 trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- 150000004684 trihydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000031836 visual learning Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000207 volumetry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000009637 wintergreen oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/506—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
- G01N33/6893—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids related to diseases not provided for elsewhere
- G01N33/6896—Neurological disorders, e.g. Alzheimer's disease
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
- G01N2333/435—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
- G01N2333/46—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans from vertebrates
- G01N2333/47—Assays involving proteins of known structure or function as defined in the subgroups
- G01N2333/4701—Details
- G01N2333/4709—Amyloid plaque core protein
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
- G01N2800/28—Neurological disorders
- G01N2800/2814—Dementia; Cognitive disorders
- G01N2800/2821—Alzheimer
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
- G01N2800/52—Predicting or monitoring the response to treatment, e.g. for selection of therapy based on assay results in personalised medicine; Prognosis
Definitions
- the present disclosure generally relates to the therapeutic field of selecting subjects for treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor.
- the present disclosure also relates to the identification and selection of subjects for responsiveness to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor, which may include improving cognitive functioning or impairment in subjects.
- 11 ⁇ -HSDl 11 ⁇ -Hydroxy steroid dehydrogenase
- Cortisol is a steroid hormone known to have physiological effects on, for example, development, neurobiology, inflammation, blood pressure, metabolism, and programmed cell death. Therefore, inhibition of 11 ⁇ -HSDl and associated reduction of cortisol, has been proposed as a treatment for a range of disease pathologies.
- AD Alzheimer’s Disease
- a disease whose treatment stands to benefit from an approach to determining the suitability for treating a patient with an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor.
- AD is typically diagnosed on the basis of clinical presentation of syndromic change. Yet, a definitive diagnosis of AD is confirmed only by autopsy confirmation of the presence of plaques consisting of aggregated amyloid-P peptide and intracellular neurofibrillary tangles of abnormally phosphorylated tau.
- AD develops years before the symptoms of dementia appear. Indeed, it is believed that brain pathology begins up to 15 years before the appearance of mild cognitive impairment or clinical dementia. Complicating matters further, not all clinical presentations are found post-mortem to be accompanied with AD-associated neuropathological changes. Thus, it has become increasingly clear that clinical presentation alone is an insufficient basis for the accurate diagnosis of AD, and that consideration of biomarkers for diagnosis and treatment is critical to improving patient outcomes.
- tau protein can be used to select subjects more likely to respond to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor.
- Treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor can include improving cognitive functioning or impairment in subjects, for example healthy subjects or subjects suffering from neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s Disease (AD).
- Treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor may also delay or halt progression of cognitive impairment in subjects.
- a method of determining whether a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering, from a neurodegenerative disease is likely to respond to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor comprising:
- a method of identifying or selecting a subject for receiving treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment comprising determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
- a method of determining an increased probability of responsiveness to a treatment of a subject with an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor comprising determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the increased probability of responsiveness is determined where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
- a method of treating a subject with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor comprising administering an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor to the subject, wherein the subject has previously been identified or selected for receiving treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment, by determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
- the method comprises identifying and selecting a subject for receiving treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment based on determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, and administering the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor to the subject.
- the treatment of the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor provides an improvement of cognitive functioning in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, an improvement of cognitive impairment in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, and/or a prophylactic treatment for preventing cognitive decline in a subject predisposed to a disorder or disease associated with cognitive decline.
- the treatment is for a neurodegenerative disease selected from the group consisting of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington’s disease, multiple system atrophy, Frontal lobe dementia, vascular dementia, and prion diseases.
- the treatment is for Alzheimer’ s disease.
- the treatment of the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor provides a delay in progression of impairment, halt in progression of impairment, and/or improvement in cognitive ability, of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject using one or more testing criteria methods selected from Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests, CDR-SB, MMSE, ADAS-Cog, CogState Cognition Test Battery, CANTAB test battery, and Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living.
- one or more testing criteria methods selected from Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests, CDR-SB, MMSE, ADAS-Cog, CogState Cognition Test Battery, CANTAB test battery, and Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living.
- a method of determining whether a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering, from a neurodegenerative disease is likely to respond to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor comprising:
- a tau protein or a tau protein for use in identifying or selecting a subject for responsiveness in receiving a treatment of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor by determination of the baseline level of the tau protein in the subject.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor for use in treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor for use in increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSD1 inhibitor for use in treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor for use in increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the increased probability of responsiveness is determined where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the increased probability of responsiveness is determined where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
- software or hardware programmed to implement an algorithm that processes data related to tau protein levels obtained by performing the method of the disclosure via an univariable or multivariable analysis to provide a disease/condition index value and provide or permit a determination that a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering from, a neurodegenerative disease will respond to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor.
- any embodiment herein shall be taken to apply mutatis mutandis to any other embodiment unless specifically stated otherwise.
- any embodiment herein referring to the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor, or treatment step or method comprised thereof, that provides some improvement or benefit to a subject applies mutatis mutandis to any aspect or embodiment described herein, including but not limited to, methods of determining whether the subject is likely to be provided with that improvement or benefit by treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor, and vice versa.
- composition of matter, group of steps or group of compositions of matter shall be taken to encompass one and a plurality (i.e. one or more) of those steps, compositions of matter, groups of steps or group of compositions of matter.
- the term “and/or”, e g., “X and/or Y” shall be understood to mean either “X and Y” or “X or Y” and shall be taken to provide explicit support for both meanings or for either meaning, e.g. A and/or B includes the options i) A, ii) B or iii) A and B..
- the term about refers to +/- 20%, typically +/- 10%, typically +/- 5%, of the designated value.
- range format is included for convenience and should not be interpreted as an inflexible limitation on the scope of the application. Accordingly, the description of a range should be considered to have specifically disclosed all the possible sub-ranges as well as individual numerical values within that range, unless specifically indicated. For example, description of a range such as from 1 to 5 should be considered to have specifically disclosed sub-ranges such as from 1 to 3, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 5, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 5, from 3 to 5 etc., as well as individual and partial numbers within the recited range, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5.5 and 6, unless where integers are required or implicit from context. This applies regardless of the breadth of the disclosed range. Where specific values are required, these will be indicated in the specification.
- the term “treating” includes an improvement in cognitive functioning and/or reduction, alleviation and/or elimination of one or more symptoms associated with a specific disorder or condition. Such symptoms may be correlated with cognitive decline or impairment in subjects suffering from neurodegenerative diseases such as AD.
- the phrase “treating cognitive impairment” includes improving, reducing, alleviating and/or eliminating symptoms associated with cognitive impairment, relative to the symptoms prior to treatment and/or with respect to subjects determined less likely to respond to treatment.
- “respond to treatment” will include any improvement, reduction, alleviation, or elimination of one or more symptoms associated with the specific disorder or condition, that is provided in the subject following the treatment.
- the response may be experienced by the subject for a particular period of time, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 weeks or more. In some cases, the response may be experienced by the subject for 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 months or more. In some cases, the response may be experienced by the subject for 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 years or more. Over the period in which the subject responds to treatment, the extent of the response may remain stable, decrease, or increase, for example, improvement to the subject’s cognition and/or functioning may increase as the treatment continues.
- the term “preventing” includes prophylaxis of the specific disorder or condition.
- the phrase “preventing cognitive impairment” refers to preventing the onset or duration of the symptoms associated with cognitive impairment in subjects.
- the phrase “preventing cognitive impairment” refers to slowing or halting the progression of cognitive impairment.
- the phrase “preventing cognitive impairment” refers to delaying or preventing the onset of the symptoms of the cognitive impairment. Prevention may be absolute (such that no cognitive impairment occurs), or may be effective only in some individuals, to some extent, or for a limited amount of time.
- the term “subject” may be used interchangeably with the terms “patient” and “individual”.
- the subject is a mammal.
- the subject is a human.
- halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
- alkyl encompasses both straight-chain (i.e., linear) and branched-chain hydrocarbon groups.
- alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, i-butyl, sec -butyl, pentyl, and hexyl groups.
- the alkyl group is of one to six carbon atoms (i.e. C1-6alkyl).
- alkoxy refers to the group -O-alkyl, where “alkyl” is as described above.
- alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, and butoxy groups.
- the alkoxy group is of one to six carbon atoms (i.e. -O- C1-6alkyl).
- alkenyl refers to both straight and branched chain unsaturated hydrocarbon groups with at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
- alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, and hexenyl groups.
- the alkenyl group is of two to six carbon atoms (i.e. C2-6alkenyl).
- alkynyl refers to both straight and branched chain unsaturated hydrocarbon groups with at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
- alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, and hexynyl groups.
- the alkynyl group is of two to six carbon atoms (i.e. C2- 6alkynyl).
- haloalkyl refers to an alkyl group having at least one halogen substituent, where “alkyl” and “halogen” are as described above.
- dihaloalkyl means an alkyl group having two halogen substituents
- trihaloalkyl means an alkyl group having three halogen substituents.
- haloalkyl groups include fluoromethyl, chloromethyl, bromomethyl, iodomethyl, fluoropropyl, and fluorobutyl groups.
- dihaloalkyl groups include difluoromethyl and difluoroethyl groups.
- trihaloalkyl groups include trifluoromethyl and trifluoroethyl groups.
- the haloalkyl group is of one to six carbon atoms (i.e. C1-6haloalkyl).
- oxyhaloalkyl refers to the group -O-haloalkyl, where “haloalkyl” is as described above
- -O-haloalkoxy groups include -O-fluoromethyl, -O-chloromethyl, -O-bromomethyl, -O-iodomethyl, -O-fluoropropyl, and -Ofluorobutyl groups.
- the oxyhaloalkyl group is of one to six carbon atoms (i.e. -O-C1- 6haloalkyl).
- carbocyclyl refers to an aromatic or non-aromatic cyclic group of carbon atoms.
- a carbocyclyl group may, for example, be monocyclic or polycyclic (i.e. bicyclic, tricyclic).
- a polycyclic carbocyclyl group may contain fused rings.
- the carbocyclyl group is of three to ten carbon atoms (i.e. C3-10carbocyclyl).
- the carbocyclyl group is of three to seven carbon atoms (i.e. C3-7carbocyclyl).
- Examples of monocyclic non-aromatic carbocyclyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl groups.
- Aromatic carbocyclyl groups include phenyl and napthalenyl.
- heterocyclyl refers to an aromatic or non-aromatic cyclic group which is analogous to a carbocyclic group, but in which from one to three of the carbon atoms is/are replaced by one or more heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
- a heterocyclyl group may, for example, be monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g. bicyclic).
- a polycyclic heterocyclyl may for example contain fused rings.
- a bicyclic heterocyclyl group there may be one or more heteroatoms in each ring, or heteroatoms only in one of the rings.
- a heteroatom may be N, O, or S.
- Heterocyclyl groups containing a suitable nitrogen atom include the corresponding N-oxides.
- the heterocyclyl group is of three to ten atoms (i.e. 3- 10-membered heterocyclyl) .
- the heterocyclyl group is of three to seven atoms (i.e. 3-7-membered heterocyclyl).
- Examples of monocyclic non- aromatic heterocyclyl groups include aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl and azepanyl.
- Examples of bicyclic heterocyclyl groups in which one of the rings is non-aromatic include dihydrobenzofuranyl, indanyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, and benzoazepanyl.
- monocyclic aromatic heterocyclyl groups include furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, triazolyl, triazinyl, pyridazyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, and pyrimidinyl.
- bicyclic aromatic heterocyclyl groups include quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, pyridopyrazinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, naphthyridinyl, quinolinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl[4,5-b]pyridyl, pyridopyrimidinyl, isoquinolinyl, and benzohydroxazole.
- Tau protein can be used to select subjects more likely to respond to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor.
- Treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor can include improving cognitive functioning or impairment in subjects, for example healthy subjects or subjects suffering from neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease (AD).
- Treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor may also delay or halt progression of cognitive impairment in subjects, for example subjects suffering from neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease (AD).
- a method of determining whether a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering, from a neurodegenerative disease is likely to respond to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor comprising:
- the neurodegenerative disease is selected from the group consisting of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington’s disease, multiple system atrophy, and prion diseases.
- the neurodegenerative disease is Alzheimer’s Disease (AD).
- the neurodegenerative disease is mild or moderate Alzheimer’s Disease (AD).
- the neurodegenerative disease is mild Alzheimer’s Disease (AD).
- the neurodegenerative disease is moderate Alzheimer’s Disease (AD).
- the human subject does not have, or is not suspected of having, mild cognitive impairment.
- the baseline level of the tan protein being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tan protein associated with the neurodegenerative disease is indicative that treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of cognitive functioning in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, an improvement of cognitive impairment in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, and/or a prophylactic treatment for preventing cognitive decline in a subject predisposed to a disorder or disease associated with cognitive decline.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with the neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide a delay in progression of impairment, halt in progression of impairment, and/or improvement in cognitive ability and/or function, of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject assessed according to one or more testing criteria methods selected from Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests, CDR-SB, MMSE, ADAS-Cog, CogState Cognition Test Battery, CANTAB test battery, and Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living.
- testing criteria methods selected from Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests, CDR-SB, MMSE, ADAS-Cog, CogState Cognition Test Battery, CANTAB test battery, and Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living.
- the cognitive impairment and/or improvement in a subject may be determined using Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing Battery criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests.
- the cognitive impairment and/or improvement in a subject may be determined using CDR-SB.
- the improvement is by showing a change in baseline in Executive Function and/or Episodic Memory.
- the human subject has an Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE) score of less than 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10.
- MMSE Mini-Mental State Exam
- the neurodegenerative disease is Alzheimer’s disease, and the human subject has an MMSE score of less than 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10.
- the human subject is suffering, or suspected of suffering, from a neurological disease characterised by a Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE) score of less than 20, and the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease is indicative that treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSD1 inhibitor is likely to delay in progression of impairment, halt in progression of impairment, and/or improvement in cognitive ability, of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject assessed according to one or more testing criteria methods selected from Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests, CDR-SB, MMSE, ADAS- Cog, CogState Cognition Test Battery, CANTAB test battery, and Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living.
- MMSE Mini-Mental State Exam
- the method further comprises treating the human subject with an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor if it is determined that the human subject is likely to respond to treatment thereto, or if it is determined that there is an increased probability of responsiveness to treatment. In some embodiments, the method further comprises treating the human subject with an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor if it is determined that the human subject is likely to respond to treatment thereto.
- a method of identifying or selecting a subject for receiving treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment comprising determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
- a method of determining an increased probability of responsiveness to a treatment of a subject with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor comprising determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the increased probability of responsiveness is determined where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
- a method of treating a subject with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor comprising administering an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor to the subject, wherein the subject has previously been identified or selected for receiving treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment by determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
- a method of treating a neurodegenerative disease in a subject comprising administering an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor to the subject, wherein the subject has been determined as being likely to respond treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor based on a level of a tau protein in the subject.
- the subject has been determined as being likely to respond treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor by performing the method of as disclosed herein.
- the subject has been determined as being likely to respond treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor by performing the method of any one of the methods as disclosed herein.
- the method comprises identifying and selecting a subject for receiving treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment based on determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, and administering the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor to the subject.
- the treatment of the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of cognitive functioning in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, an improvement of cognitive impairment in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, and/or a prophylactic treatment for preventing cognitive decline in a subject predisposed to a disorder or disease associated with cognitive decline.
- the treatment is for a neurodegenerative disease selected from the group consisting of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington’s disease, multiple system atrophy, and prion diseases.
- the treatment is for Alzheimer’s disease. In one example, the treatment is for moderate Alzheimer’s disease. In one example the treatment is for mild Alzheimer’s disease. In one example the treatment is for mild or moderate Alzheimer’s disease.
- the treatment of the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor provides a delay in progression of impairment, halt in progression of impairment, and/or improvement in cognitive ability, of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject using one or more testing criteria methods selected from Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests, CDR-SB, MMSE, ADAS-Cog, CogState Cognition Test Battery, CANTAB test battery, and Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living.
- one or more testing criteria methods selected from Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests, CDR-SB, MMSE, ADAS-Cog, CogState Cognition Test Battery, CANTAB test battery, and Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living.
- the subject has an MMSE score of less than 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10.
- the treatment is for Alzheimer’s disease and the subject has an MMSE score of less than 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10.
- a method of determining whether a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering, from a neurodegenerative disease is likely to respond to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor comprising:
- the reference level of cognitive function is described by an MMSE score that is less than 20.
- a tau protein or a tau protein for use in identifying or selecting a subject for responsiveness in receiving a treatment of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor by determination of the baseline level of the tau protein in the subject.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor for use in treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor for use in increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
- a tau protein or a tau protein for use in identifying or selecting a subject for responsiveness in receiving a treatment of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor by determination of the baseline level of the tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor for use in treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor for use in increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the increased probability of responsiveness is determined where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the increased probability of responsiveness is determined where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
- software or hardware programmed to implement an algorithm that processes data related to tau protein levels obtained by performing the method of the disclosure via an univariable or multivariable analysis to provide a disease/condition index value and provide or permit a determination that a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering from, a neurodegenerative disease will respond to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor.
- tau proteins have been found not to be modulated by the use of 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitors, and therefore provide an independent predictor for improved responsiveness in treatment using 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitors.
- 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitors have also been found not to modulate amyloid beta protein, such as AB 42/40 ratios.
- Tubulin associated unit (tau) proteins are a group of protein isoforms produced by alternative splicing from the gene MAPT (microtubule-associated protein tau). Tau proteins are more abundant in the neurons of the central nervous system (CNS), where the cerebral cortex has the highest abundance.
- CNS central nervous system
- tau proteins undergo a variety of in vivo post-translational modifications, such as acetylation and/or phosphorylation.
- the tau protein is total tau protein, which refers to all detectable tau protein species, including all tau protein isoforms and tau proteins with one or more post-translational modifications, for example (but not limited to) phosphorylation and/or acetylation.
- the tau protein is an acetylated tau protein (acTau) or a phosphorylated tau protein (pTau).
- the tau protein is an aggregated tau protein.
- the tau protein is a non-phosphorylated tau protein.
- the tau protein is a phosphorylated tau (pTau) protein.
- the tau protein may be a phosphorylated tau (pTau) protein having any one or more phosphorylated threonines at position 181, 50, 69, 111, 153, 175, 205, 212, 217, 231 of the tau protein and/or one or more phosphorylated serines at position 46, 199, 202, 235, 262, 293, 324, 356, 396, 404.
- the tau protein may be a phosphorylated tau (pTau) having one or more phosphorylated threonines at position 181, 50, 69, 111, 153, 175, 205, 212, 217, and/or 231 of the tau protein.
- the tau protein may be a phosphoraylated Tau (pTau) protein having one or more phosphorylated serines at position 46, 199, 202, 235, 262, 293, 324, 356, 396, and/or 404.
- the tau protein is pTau-181, pTau-217, pTau-231, pTau-205 or MTBR-243.
- the tau protein is pTau-181, pTau-217 or pTau-231. In one example, the tau protein is pTau-181 or pTau-217. In one example, the tau protein is pTau-217. In one example, the tau protein is pTau-181. Accordingly, the present disclosure also provides for a method of determining whether a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering, from a neurodegenerative disease is likely to respond to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor, the method comprising:
- baseline level of the tau protein may be determined by various methods known in the field, for example imaging or sample analysis.
- baseline level of a/the tau protein will be understood to refer to a level of a/the tau protein that is ultimately derived or determined from a sample, scan, image, test, and the like, which is derived or obtained from the human subject, prior to step (b) of the method according to any aspect or embodiment described herein.
- the baseline level of a tau protein in the human is a level of the tau protein: (i) in a biological sample obtained from the human subject, or (ii) derived from a measured value obtained from an image obtained from a tau-positron emission tomography (PET) scan of a brain region of the human subject.
- the baseline level of a tau protein in the human subject is a level of the tau protein in a biological sample obtained from the human subject.
- the baseline level of a tau protein in the human subject is a level of the tau protein derived from a measured value obtained from an image obtained from a tau-positron emission tomography (PET) scan of a brain region of the human subject.
- the method further comprises determining the level of the tau protein: (i) in the biological sample obtained from the human subject; or (ii) from the brain image of the human subject. In some embodiments, the method further comprises determining the level of the tau protein in the biological sample obtained from the human subject. In some embodiments, the method further comprises determining the level of the tau protein from the image obtained from a tau-positron emission tomography (PET) scan of a brain region of the human subject. In some embodiments, the method further comprises performing a tau-positron emission tomography (PET) scan of the human subject to obtain an image of the human subject or brain region thereof.
- PET tau-positron emission tomography
- the sample is a biological sample.
- the biological sample is obtained from the human subject.
- the sample or biological sample may be a body fluid, for example blood, blood plasma, or cerebrospinal fluid.
- the biological sample is whole blood, blood serum, blood plasma, or cerebrospinal fluid.
- the biological sample is blood.
- the biological sample is blood plasma.
- the biological sample is cerebrospinal fluid.
- the biological sample is blood or plasma, and the tau protein is pTau-181 or pTau-217.
- the biological sample is blood plasma, and the tau protein is pTau-181.
- tau protein is measured by ELISA.
- Assay kits for determining the amount of tau protein (including for pTau-181) in a sample including a biological sample are readily available, see for example, Simoa® pTau-181 V2 Advantage kit 2020 as published from Quanterix. which is herein incorporated by reference thereto. Further examples of assays suitable for the present application include those described in Janelidze et al., Brain (2023) 146(4): 1592-1601, the contents of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- the method further comprises performing one or more assays on the biological sample obtained from the human subject to determine the level of the tau protein therein.
- determining the level of the tau protein in the biological sample comprises:
- the binding protein is an antibody or a fragment thereof.
- the method of the present application involves a comparison of the baseline level of the tau protein to a reference level of the tau protein.
- the reference level is a minimum level of the tau protein carrying an association with and/or is indicative of a neurodegenerative disease.
- the reference level is a minimum level of the tau protein carrying an association with and/or is indicative of a neurodegenerative disease.
- the reference level is a minimum level of the tau protein carrying an associated with and/or is indicative of clinical Alzheimer’s disease (AD).
- AD clinical Alzheimer’s disease
- a level of a tau protein may be quantified differently depending on the sample from which it is derived.
- a level of a tau protein in a biological sample for example, blood plasma
- concentration for example, pg/mL
- the baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/mL) being equal to or greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than 6 pg/mL (for example 6.74 pg/mL) is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than 10 pg/mL (for example, 10.2 pg/mL) is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor.
- the baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/ml) may be at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15. In one embodiment, the baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/ml) may be at least 6. In another embodiment, the baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/ml) may be at least 10.
- the imaging may be tau positron emission tomography (tau-PET) imaging.
- tau-PET imaging has been described in various reviews, for example in Lowe et al., ‘Tau-positron emission tomography correlates with neuropathology findings’, Alzheimer ’s & Dementia (2020) 16(3): pp561-571.
- tau-specific ligands and/or tracers exist for tau PET, for example those described in Leuzy et al., Molecular Psychiatry (2019) 24: 1112-1134.
- Tau PET may be conducted by injection of suitable tau-PET tracers, such as 18F-labeled arylquinoline derivatives and 11C-labeled phenyl/pyridinyl-butadienyl-benzothiazoles/benzothiazoliums, 5H-pyrio[4,3-b] indole.
- suitable tau-PET tracers such as 18F-labeled arylquinoline derivatives and 11C-labeled phenyl/pyridinyl-butadienyl-benzothiazoles/benzothiazoliums, 5H-pyrio[4,3-b] indole.
- tau-PET tracers include [18F]flortaucipir, [18F]RO948 (RO6958948), [11C]PBB3, [18F]MK-6240, [18F]Pl-2620, [18F]GTP1, [18F]JNJ311 (JNJ64349311), [18F] JNJ067 (INJ64326067), [18F]APN-1607 (PM-PBB3) and combinations thereof, (see, Bao et al., Aging Neurosci. 2021, 13:624330).
- PET images are obtained using commercially available PET/computer tomography scanners such as Biograph mCT (Siemens), Biograph 6 Truepoint (Siemens), Discovery 690 (GE Healthcare).
- Magnetic resonance imaging is conducted by MRI images are obtained using commercially available scanners such as 3.0-T Discovery MR750 (GE Healthcare), 3.0- T Tim Trio (Siemens), 3.0-T Prisma (Siemens), and 1.5-T Magnetom® Avanto (Siemens).
- the baseline level of the tau protein may be derived or inferred from a measured value that is obtained from an image obtained from a tau PET scan.
- the tau PET scan is of the brain (or region thereof) of the human subject.
- the measured value obtained from image may refer to a measured value obtained from a particular region of the image (and therefore, region of the brain).
- the measured value of the image is the volume of the brain region whose structure is considered to change as a neurodegenerative disease (for example, AD) progresses or the area of a region that reflects the change in the accumulated amount of a particular substance (for example, tau protein).
- the volume of the brain region are the volume of a particular structure (for example, the medial temporal region and the entorhinal cortex) or the volume of the whole brain obtained from the image. Any region of the brain is suitable for tau-PET analysis. Particularly suitable brain regions include the central region, frontal lobe, temporal lobe, parietal lobe, occipital lobe, limbic lobe, insula, and sub cortical gray nuclei.
- the image of the whole brain region is used to derive the baseline level of the tau protein.
- the image is of the inferior temporal brain region, middle brain region, superior temporal brain region, lateral parietal brain region, bilateral entorhinal cortex brain region, fusiform brain region, parahippocampal brain region, inferior brain region, or inferior temporal brain region.
- Tau-PET images are processed to obtain uniform image size and voxel dimensions.
- Examples of the method for calculating the measurement (i.e., baseline level of the the tau protein) from an image include use of a software for automated volumetry (for example, FreeSurfer (http://surfer.nmr.mgh.harvard.edu)) and a software for the measured value of cerebral atrophy (for example, Voxel-based Specific Regional analysis system for Alzheimer's Disease: VSRAD (R)).
- a software for automated volumetry for example, FreeSurfer (http://surfer.nmr.mgh.harvard.edu)
- a software for the measured value of cerebral atrophy for example, Voxel-based Specific Regional analysis system for Alzheimer's Disease: VSRAD (R)
- a baseline level of the tau protein may be derived from a measured value obtained from an image obtained from a tau PET scan, for example in terms of a standard uptake value ratio (SUVR), which is the ratio of the image-derived radioactivity concentration and the whole body concentration of the injected radioactivity.
- SUVR images are produced using cerebellar gray matter and white matter as the reference regions. To determine low tau, intermediate tau, and high tau, white matter is particularly suitable for use as the reference region. SUVR is calculated using automated anatomical labeling atlas (AAL) or data driven volumes if interest for brain regions.
- AAL automated anatomical labeling atlas
- the baseline level of the tau protein (in SUVR) being equal to or greater than about 1.00, 1.05, 1.10, 1.15, 1.20, 1.25, 1.30, 1.35, 1.40, 1.45, 1.50, 1.55, 1.60, 1.70, 1.80, 1.90 or 2.00 is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor.
- the baseline level of the tau protein (in SUVR) being between about 1.00 to about 1.60, about 1.05 to about 1.45, about 1.10 to about 1.45, or about 1.35 and about 1.45, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor.
- a level of tau protein may be in relation to the entire brain region (global tau- PET), the person skilled in the art will appreciate that a level of the tau protein that is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor, may vary depending on the region of the brain that is analysed.
- the baseline level of the tau protein (in SUVR) in relation to the inferior temporal brain region ranging from about 1.05 to 1.45 is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (viz. the reference level of the tau protein is a range from about 1.05 to about 1.45).
- the baseline level of the tau protein (in SUVR) in relation to the inferior temporal brain region being about 1.45 is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (viz. the reference level of the tau protein is about 1.45).
- the reference level of the tau protein (in SUVR) may range from about 1.35 to about 1.45.
- the reference level of the tau protein (in SUVR) may range from about 1.35 to about 1.45.
- the reference level of the tau protein (in SUVR) may range from about 1.10 to about 1.45.
- the reference level of the tau protein may range from about 1.05 to about 1.45.
- the reference level of the tau protein in SUVR
- the reference level of the tau protein in SUVR
- the reference level of the tau protein in SUVR
- the method can comprise selecting a subject as being suitable for receiving treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor to increase the probability of responsiveness to the treatment by determining the baseline level of a tau protein in a sample obtained from the subject. In one example, if a baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/ml) is at least 6, then the subject is selected for the treatment.
- tau protein can be used to select subjects more likely to respond to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor.
- Treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor can include improving cognitive functioning impaired in subjects suffering from neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease (AD).
- AD Alzheimer’s disease
- cogntive function or “cognitive functioning” will be understood to encompass both cognitive ability (or cognition) and function, which in the context of neurodegenerative diseases, are terms that will be understood by the person skilled in the art.
- the cognitive impairment and/or improvement in a subject may be determined using the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) scale, for example WAIS-IV released in 2008.
- WAIS-IV is composed of 10 core subtests and five supplemental subtests, with the 10 core subtests comprising the Full Scale IQ.
- the new WAIS-IV the verbal/performance subscales from previous versions were removed and replaced by the index scores.
- the General Ability Index (GAI) was included, which consists of the Similarities, Vocabulary and Information subtests from the Verbal Comprehension Index and the Block Design, Matrix Reasoning and Visual Puzzles subtests from the Perceptual Reasoning Index.
- the GAI is clinically useful because it can be used as a measure of cognitive abilities that are less vulnerable to impairment.
- index scores representing major components of intelligence:
- V erbal Comprehension Index V CI
- the subject has at least 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, or 5, SD impairment on WAIS Coding Test relative to age, education and gender.
- the cognitive impairment and/or improvement in a subject may be determined using Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing Battery criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests.
- the improvement is by showing a change in baseline in Executive Function and/or Episodic Memory.
- the cognitive impairment and/or improvement in a subject may be determined using Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing Battery criteria.
- cognitive impairment refers to the deterioration, or loss, of cognitive ability and/or function relative to the subject. Such deterioration, or loss, of cognitive ability, may be evident in an otherwise cognitively healthy subject.
- CNS central nervous system
- AD Alzheimer’s disease
- the subject has a disorder associated with a substantially elevated level of cortisol, such as dementia.
- Dementias include, but are not limited to Alzheimer’s disease, multi-infarct dementia, dementia with Lewy bodies, fronto-temporal dementia (including Pick’s disease), progressive supranuclear palsy, Korsakoff’s syndrome, Biswanger’s disease, HIV-associated dementia, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (CJD), multiple sclerosis, motor neurone disease, Parkinson’s disease, Huntington’s disease, Niemann-Pick disease type C, normal pressure hydrocephalus, and Down’s syndrome.
- the age (in years) of the subject is at least about 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100. In some embodiments, the age of the subject (in years) is less than about 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, or 10. The age of the subject may be in a range between any two of these upper and/or lower values, for example between 15 to 70 years of age.
- the method disclosed herein may be beneficial in treating or preventing cognitive impairment in a subject.
- “treating” refers to an increase in cognitive ability compared to a subject’s previous ability (i.e., before being administered an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor).
- the enhancement of cognitive ability may be experienced in relation to one or more facets of cognition including, for example, psychomotor function, visual attention, learning and memory, working memory, and visual associate memory. Such cognitive abilities may be measured using various techniques known in the field, such as those described below (e.g. Cogstate Battery Tests).
- a subject experiences enhanced psychomotor function.
- a subject experiences enhanced visual attention.
- a subject experiences enhanced learning and memory.
- Such tests include, but are not limited to, Cogstate Battery Tests, Cambridge Neuropsychological Test Automated Battery (CANTAB), Intelligence Quotient (IQ) Test, Kohs Block Design Test, Miller Analogies Test, Otis-Lennon School Ability Test (OLSAT), Raven’s Progressive Matrices, Stanford-Binet Intelligence Scales, Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children (WISC), Wonderlic Test, Porteus Maze Test, Pimsleur Language Aptitude Battery, Knox Cubes, Draw-a-Person Test, Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE), the Alzheimer’s Disease Assessment Scale - Cognitive Subscale (ADAS-Cog, ADCOMs, Rey Auditory Visual Learning Test (RAVLT), NTB and NPI), Clinical Dementia Scale sum of Boxes (CDR-SB), and CDR Computerized Assessment System.
- ADAS-Cog ADCOMs
- RAVLT Rey Auditory Visual Learning Test
- NTB and NPI Clinical Dementia
- Cogstate Battery Tests include, for example, Detection test, Identification test, One Card Learning test, One Back Working Memory test, and the Continuous Paired Associate Learning test. Each test is designed to assess various parameters that may be attributed to the cognitive ability of a subject. Accordingly, in some embodiments the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDI inhibitor provides improved cognitive testing (Cogstate Test Battery) of the treated subject relative to a nontreated subject. An improvement in cognitive testing, as determined by the Cogstate Test Battery results, may also be considered from a summation of each individual test results (e.g., Detection test, Identification test, One Card Learning test, One Back Working Memory test, and the Continuous Paired Associate Learning test).
- any one or more cognitive tests measuring reaction time improvement may provide an improvement of at least about (loglO, milliseconds) 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.10, 0.11, 0.12, 0.13, 0.14, 0.15, 0.16, 0.17, 0.18, 0.19, or 0.20.
- any one or more cognitive tests may provide a “p value” probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, 0.09, 0.08, 0.07, 0.06, 0.05, 0.04, 0.03, 0.02, 0.01, 0.009, 0.008, 0.007, 0.006, 0.005, 0.004, 0.003, 0.002, or 0.001.
- the cognitive testing may provide a Cohen’s “d-value” standardised difference between two means (i.e. treated and untreated subject) of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, or 0.8.
- the cognitive testing may provide a “p-value” and “d-value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof as described herein.
- the baseline level of the tan protein being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tan protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of psychomotor function of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject.
- the administration of the 1 lp- HSD1 inhibitor provides an improvement of psychomotor function of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject.
- the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of psychomotor function of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject.
- Psychomotor function is evidenced by an improvement in simple reaction time, and is measured in speed of performance (Logic milliseconds).
- psychomotor function is critical in a subject’s ability to execute both gross and fine motor skills. Accordingly, psychomotor function is an essential component of physical skills including, for example, movement, coordination, manipulation, dexterity, grace, strength, and speed. It is therefore foreseeable that the method described herein may find particular application in improving psychomotor function in a cognitively healthy subject.
- the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of psychomotor function in a cognitively healthy subject. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement in physical skill of a cognitively healthy subject. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of gross motor skills in a cognitively healthy subject. In some embodiments, the administration of an 1 lp- HSD1 inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of fine motor skills in a cognitively healthy subject.
- the methods described herein may also find particular application in assisting a subject in regaining psychomotor function.
- a loss of psychomotor function may result for any number of reasons including, but not limited to, accident and/or injury, a stroke, or other medical condition.
- Such a loss of psychomotor skills may affect any one or more areas of the subject’s body including, but not limited to, the limbs.
- the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor may assist to restore psychomotor function
- the term “restore psychomotor function” is used herein to mean a return, to some extent, of previous motor function.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of psychomotor function speed of performance.
- the administration of the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor provides an improvement of psychomotor function speed of performance.
- the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of psychomotor function speed of performance.
- the psychomotor function speed improvement may be measured between the treated subjects relative to non-treated subjects.
- a psychomotor function speed improvement may be provided by a log 10 reaction time (milliseconds) of less than about 2.60.
- a psychomotor function speed improvement may be at least about (log10, milliseconds) 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.10, 0.11, 0.12, 0.13, 0.14, 0.15, 0.16, 0.17, 0.18, 0.19, or 0.20.
- the psychomotor function testing has a p value probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, or 0.09.
- the psychomotor function testing may provide a Cohen’ s d-value standardised difference between two means (i.e.
- the psychomotor function testing may provide a “p-value” and “d-value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof, such as a p-value less than about 0.09 with a d-value effect size of greater than about 0.7.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of visual attention of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject.
- the administration of the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of visual attention of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject.
- the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of visual attention of the treated subject relative to a nontreated subject. Visual attention is evidenced by an improvement in choice retention time, and is measured in speed of performance (Logio milliseconds).
- the improvement in visual attention is evidenced by an improvement in choice retention time. In some embodiments, the improvement in visual attention is assessed by the Cogstate Identification Test.
- the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of visual attention speed of performance of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. The visual attention speed improvement may be measured between the treated subjects relative to non-treated subjects. In some examples, a visual attention speed improvement may be provided by a log 10 reaction time (milliseconds) of less than about 2.80, 2.79, 2.78, 2.77, 2.76, 2.75, 2.74, 2.73, 2.72, 2.71, or 2.70.
- a visual attention speed improvement may be at least about (loglO, milliseconds) 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.10, 0.11, 0.12, 0.13, 0.14, 0.15, 0.16, 0.17, 0.18, 0.19, or 0.20.
- the visual attention testing has a p value probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, or 0.09, 0.08, 0.07, 0.06, or 0.05.
- the visual attention may provide a Cohen’s d-value standardised difference between two means (i.e.
- the visual attention testing may provide a “p-value” and “d- value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof, such as a p-value less than about 0.05 with a d-value effect size of greater than about 0.6.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of learning and memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject.
- the administration of the 1 lp- HSD1 inhibitor provides an improvement of learning and memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject.
- the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of learning and memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. Learning and memory is evidenced by an improvement in visual recognition learning, and is measured in accuracy of performance (arcsine proportion correct).
- the improvement in learning and memory is evidenced by an improvement in visual recognition learning. In some embodiments, the improvement in learning and memory is assessed by the Cogstate One Card Learning Test. In some embodiments, the administration of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of learning and memory accuracy of proportion (i.e., arcsine proportion correct) of at least about X% of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. The learning and memory accuracy improvement may be measured between the treated subjects relative to non-treated subjects.
- proportion i.e., arcsine proportion correct
- a learning and memory accuracy testing may be provided by an arcsine accuracy of at least about 1.0, 1.01, 1.02, 1.03, 1.04, 1.05, 1.06, 1.07, 1.08, 1.09. or 1.10.
- the learning and memory accuracy testing has a p value probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.9.
- the visual attention may provide a Cohen’s d-value standardised difference between two means (i.e. treated and untreated subject) of at least about 0.1, 0.15, or 0.19.
- the visual attention testing may provide a “p-value” and “d-value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof, such as a p-value less than about 0.9 with a d-value effect size of greater than about 0.15.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of working memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject.
- the administration of the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of working memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject.
- the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of working memory of the treated subject relative to a non- treated subject.
- the improvement in working memory is assessed by the Cogstate One Back Working Memory Test, and is measured in number of errors.
- the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of working memory number of errors of at least about X% of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject.
- the working memory improvement may be measured between the treated subjects relative to non-treated subjects.
- a working memory test may be provided by a loglO reaction time of less than about 2.90, 2.89, 2.88, 2.87, 2.86, 2.85, 2.84, 2.83, 2.82, 2.81, or 2.80.
- a working memory test improvement may be at least about (loglO, milliseconds) 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.10, 0.11, 0.12, 0.13, 0.14, 0.15, 0.16, 0.17, 0.18, 0.19, or 0.20.
- the working memory testing has a p value probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, or 0.09, 0.08, 0.07, 0.06, 0.05, 0.04, 0.03, 0.02, or 0.01.
- the working memory testing may provide a Cohen’s d-value standardised difference between two means (i.e.
- the visual attention testing may provide a “p-value” and “d-value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof, such as a p-value less than about 0.01 with a d-value effect size of greater than about 0.8.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSD1 inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of visual associate memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject.
- the administration of the 11 ⁇ - HSD1 inhibitor provides an improvement of visual associate memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject.
- the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of visual associate memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject.
- visual associate memory is assessed by the Cogstate Continuous Paired Associate Learning Test, and is measured in number of errors.
- the visual associate memory improvement may be measured between the treated subjects relative to non-treated subjects.
- a visual associate memory testing may be provided by an error score out of 30 of less than 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10.
- a visual associate memory testing may be provided by an improvement in error score of at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30.
- the visual associate memory testing has a p value probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.5.
- the visual associate memory testing may provide a Cohen’s d-value standardised difference between two means (i.e.
- the visual associate memory testing may provide a “p-value” and “d-value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof, such as a p-value less than about 0.5 with a d-value effect size of greater than about 0.4.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of cognitive function as assessed by the MMSE Test.
- the administration of the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of cognitive function as assessed by the MMSE Test.
- the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of cognitive function as assessed by the MMSE Test. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement in MMSE test score of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. In some examples, an MMSE test score is less than about 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10. In some examples, an MMSE test score is in a range provided by any two of the previously described values.
- an MMSE test score improvement is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0.
- the MMSE testing has a p value probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, or 0.09, 0.08, 0.07, 0.06, 0.05, 0.04, 0.03, 0.02, or 0.01.
- the MMSE testing may provide a Cohen’s d-value standardised difference between two means (i.e.
- the MMSE testing may provide a “p-value” and “d-value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof, such as a p-value less than about 0.1 with a d-value effect size of greater than about 0.6.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of cognitive function as assessed by the CDR-SB test.
- the administration of the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of cognitive function as assessed by the CDR-SB test.
- the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of cognitive function as assessed by the CDR-SB test. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement in CDR-SB test score of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. In some examples, a CDR-SB test score is less than about 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, or 5. In some examples, a CDR-SB test score is in a range provided by any two of the previously described values.
- a CDR-SB test score improvement is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, or 2.0. In some examples, a CDR-SB test score improvement is in a range between about 0.1 and about 2.0, about 0.1 and about 1.0, about 0.2 and about 1.0, about 0.3 and about 1.0, about 0.4 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 0.9, or about 0.6 and about 0.9.
- a CDR-SB test score improvement is an improvement relative to the CDR-SB test score of the subject prior to the subject receiving treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor, wherein the improvement is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or 1, or in a range between about 0.1 and about 2.0, about 0.1 and about 1.0, about 0.2 and about 1.0, about 0.3 and about 1.0, about 0.4 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 0.9, or about 0.6 and about 0.9.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease is indicative that treatment with the 1 1 p-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide a delay in progression of impairment, halt in progression of impairment, and/or improvement in cognitive ability and/or function, of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject assessed according to CDR-SB, wherein the CDR-SB test score improvement relative to a non-treated subject is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, or 2.0, or in a range between about 0.1 and 2.0, 0.1 and 1.0, 0.2 and 1.0, 0.3 and 1.0, 0.4 and 1.0, 0.5 and 1.0, 0.5 and 0.9, and 0.6 and 0.9.
- a CDR-SB test score improvement is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or 1, or in a range between about 0.1 and about 2.0, about 0.1 and about 1.0, about 0.2 and about 1.0, about 0.3 and about 1.0, about 0.4 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 0.9, or about 0.6 and about 0.9, and wherein the baseline level of the tau protein in the human subject is equal to or greater than 10.2 about pg/mL.
- a CDR-SB test score improvement is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or 1, or in a range between about 0.1 and about 2.0, about 0.1 and about 1.0, about 0.2 and about 1.0, about 0.3 and about 1.0, about 0.4 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 0.9, or about 0.6 and about 0.9, and wherein the baseline level of the tau protein in the human subject is equal to or greater than 6.74 about pg/mL.
- a CDR-SB test score improvement is an improvement relative to the CDR-SB test score of the subject prior to the subject receiving treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor, wherein the improvement at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or 1, or in a range between about 0.1 and about 2.0, about 0.1 and about 1.0, about 0.2 and about 1.0, about 0.3 and about 1.0, about 0.4 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 0.9, or about 0.6 and about 0.9, and wherein the baseline level of the tau protein in the human subject is equal to or greater than 10.2 about pg/mL.
- the improvement is at least about 0.1. In one example, the improvement is at least about 0.3.
- a CDR-SB test score improvement is an improvement relative to the CDR-SB test score of the subject prior to the subject receiving treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor, wherein the improvement is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or 1, or in a range between about 0.1 and about 2.0, about 0.1 and about 1.0, about 0.2 and about 1.0, about 0.3 and about 1.0, about 0.4 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 0.9, or about 0.6 and about 0.9, and wherein the baseline level of the tau protein in the human subject is equal to or greater than 6.74 about pg/mL.
- the CDR-SB testing has a p value probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, or 0.09, 0.08, 0.07, 0.06, 0.05, 0.04, 0.03, 0.02, or 0.01.
- the CDR-SB testing may provide a Cohen’s d- value standardised difference between two means (i.e. treated and untreated subject) of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, or 0.8.
- the CDR-SB testing may provide a “p-value” and “d-value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof, such as a p-value less than about 0.1 with a d-value effect size of greater than about 0.6.
- lip-HSDl Inhibitors
- the present disclosure is predicated in part on the surprising discovery that plasma levels of phosphorylated tau protein can be used to select subjects more likely to respond to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor.
- Treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor can include improving cognitive functioning impaired in subjects suffering from neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease (AD).
- AD Alzheimer’s disease
- An 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor may be selected from one or more of the following: ABT384, AZD4017, ABT305, INCB-13739, BVT.3498, BVT 116429, bezafibrate; CRx-401 , diflunisal; BMS-823778; UE2343; and carbenoxolone.
- ABT384, AZD4017, ABT305, INCB-13739, BVT.3498, BVT 116429, bezafibrate; CRx-401 , diflunisal; BMS-823778; UE2343; and carbenoxolone are described in WO2019/186171, which is incorporated by reference thereto.
- An 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor may be selected from a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of Formula I has the following chemical structure:
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR 3 , -SR 3 , - NR 3 R 4 , -COR 3 , -CO2R 3 , -CONR 3 R 4 , -NR 3 COR 4 , -SO2R 3 , -SO 2 NR 3 R 4 , and -NR 3 SO 2 R 4 .
- R 1 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 1 is halogen. In some embodiments, R 1 is chlorine. In some embodiments, R 1 is fluorine. In some embodiments, R 1 is bromine. In some embodiments, R 1 is iodine. In some embodiments, R 1 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is -O-C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is C1-6haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is -O-C1-6haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is C2-6alkenyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is C2-6alkynyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is 3-10-membered carbocyclyl.
- R 1 is a 6-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a 5- membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is 3-10-membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a 6-membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is a 5-membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is -CN. In some embodiments, R 1 is -CF3. In some embodiments, R 1 is -OR 3 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -SR 3 . In some embodiments, R 1 is - NR 3 R 4 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -COR 3 .
- R 1 is -CO2R 3 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -CONR 3 R 4 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -NR 3 COR 4 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -SO2R 3 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -SO2NR 3 R 4 . In some embodiments, R 1 is -NR 3 SO 2 R 4 .
- R 2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 2 is halogen. In some embodiments, R 2 is chlorine. In some embodiments, R 2 is fluorine. In some embodiments, R 2 is bromine. In some embodiments, R 2 is iodine. In some embodiments, R 2 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is -O-C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is C1-6haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is -O-C1-6haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is C2-6alkcnyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is C2-6alkynyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is 3-10-membered carbocyclyl.
- R 2 is a 6-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a 5- membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is 3-10-membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a 6-membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is a 5-membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R 2 is -CN. In some embodiments, R 2 is -CF3. In some embodiments, R 2 is -OR 3 . In some embodiments, R 2 is -SR 3 . In some embodiments, R 2 is - NR 3 R 4 . In some embodiments, R 2 is -COR 3 .
- R 2 is -CO2R 3 . In some embodiments, R 2 is -CONR 3 R 4 . In some embodiments, R 2 is -NR 3 COR 4 . In some embodiments, R 2 is -SO2R 3 . In some embodiments, R 2 is -SO2NR 3 R 4 . In some embodiments, R 2 is -NR 3 SO 2 R 4 .
- each 3-10-membered carbocyclyl and 3-10-membered heterocyclyl may be further substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkcnyl, C2- 6alkynyl, -CN, -CF 3 , -OR 5 , -SR 5 , -NR 5 R 6 , -COR 5 , -CO2R 5 , -CONR 5 R 6 , -NR 5 COR 6 , -SO2R 5 , - SO2NR 5 R 6 , and -NR 5 SO 2 R 6
- the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more halogen substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more C1-6alkyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -O-C1-6alkyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10- membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more C1-6haloalkyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -O-C1-6haloalkyl substituents.
- the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more C2-6alkenyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more C2-6alkynyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10- membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CN substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CF3 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -OR 5 substituents.
- the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -SR 5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -COR 5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more halogen substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10- membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CO2R 5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CONR 5 R 6 substituents.
- the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -NR 5 COR 6 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -SO2R 5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -SChNR 5 R 6 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -NR 5 SO2R 6 substituents.
- R 1 is a 6-membered carbocyclyl and is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1- 6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR 5 , -SR 5 , - NR 5 R 6 , -COR 5 , -CO2R 5 , -CONR 5 R 6 , -NR 5 COR 6 , -SO2R 5 , -SO 2 NR 5 R 6 , and -NR 5 SO 2 R 6 .
- R 1 is a 5-membered carbocyclyl and is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6 ialoalkyl, C 2 -6alkenyl, C 2 -6alkynyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR 5 , -SR 5 , -NR 5 R 6 , - COR 5 , -CO2R 5 , -CONR 5 R 6 , -NR 5 COR 6 , -SO2R 5 , -SO 2 NR 5 R 6 , and -NR 5 SO 2 R 6 .
- substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6 ialoalkyl, C 2 -6alkenyl, C 2
- the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more halogen substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more C1-6alkyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -O-C1-6alkyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more C1-6haloalkyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -O-Ci- ehaloalkyl substituents.
- the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more C2-6alkenyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more C2-6alkynyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CN substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CF3 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -OR 5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -SR 5 substituents.
- the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -COR 5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more halogen substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CO2R 5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CONR 5 R 6 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -NR 5 COR 6 substituents.
- the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -SO2R 5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -SO2NR 5 R 6 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -NR 5 SO2R 6 substituents.
- R 2 is a 6-membered carbocyclyl and is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1- 6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR 5 , -SR 5 , - NR 5 R 6 , -COR 5 , -CO2R 5 , -CONR 5 R 6 , -NR 5 COR 6 , -SO2R 5 , -SO 2 NR 5 R 6 , and -NR 5 SO 2 R 6 .
- R 2 is a 5-membered carbocyclyl and is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR 5 , -SR 5 , -NR 5 R 6 , - COR 5 , -CO2R 5 , -CONR 5 R 6 , -NR 5 COR 6 , -SO2R 5 , -SO 2 NR 5 R 6 , and -NR 5 SO 2 R 6 .
- substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl,
- each R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, 3-7-membered carbocyclyl and 3-7-membered heterocyclyl.
- R 3 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 3 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is 3-7-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is 3-7-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R 3 is a 5-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments R 3 is a 6-membered carbocyclyl.
- R 4 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 4 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is 3-7-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is 3-7-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is a 5-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments R 4 is a 6-membered carbocyclyl.
- each R 5 and R 6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6alkyl.
- R 5 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 5 is C1-6alkyl.
- R 6 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 6 is C1-6alkyl.
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, -OH, -CN, and -NH2. If present, each 3-10-membered carbocyclyl and 3-10- membered heterocyclyl may be further substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl.
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, 6-membered carbocyclyl, 6-membered heterocyclyl, -OH, - CN, and -NH2. If present, each 6-membered carbocyclyl and 6-membered heterocyclyl may be further substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NHz, and C1-6alkyl.
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl
- R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- R 1 is hydrogen and R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- R 1 is halogen and R 2 is independentinvly selected from the group consisting of:
- R 1 is -OH and R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- R 1 is -CN and R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- R 1 is -CF3 and R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- R 1 is -NH2 and R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- R 1 is C1-6alkyl and R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: In some embodiments, R 1 is chlorine and R 2 is independently selected from the group onsisting of: and In some embodiments, R 1 is bromine and R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: and
- R 1 is fluorine and R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: In some embodiments, R 1 is iodine and R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl
- R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- R 2 is hydrogen and R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- R 2 is halogen and R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: In some embodiments, R 2 is -OH and R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: and
- R 2 is -CN and R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- R 2 is -CF3 and R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- R 2 is -NH2 and R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: In some embodiments, R 2 is C1-6alkyl and R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: and In some embodiments, R 2 is chlorine and R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: and
- R 2 is bromine and R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: and In some embodiments, R 2 is fluorine and R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: and
- R 2 is iodine and R 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: and
- the compound of Formula I is selected from the group consisting of:
- the compound of Formula I is:
- the compound of Formula I is: In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is:
- the compound of Formula I is:
- the compound of Formula I is:
- the compound of Formula I is:
- the compound of Formula I is:
- the compound of Formula I is:
- the compound of Formula I includes any stereoisomers of the depicted structure. That is, the compound of Formula I includes a racemic mixture.
- a compound of Formula la has the following chemical structure:
- R 1 and R 2 are the same as those provided for a compound of Formula I. That is, the difference between a compound of Formula I and a compound of Formula la is that the stereochemistry in a compound of Formula la has been resolved.
- the compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, has a particular stereochemistry as depicted in the following chemical structure:
- the compound of Formula la when having such particular stereochemistry, is also referred to as “UE2343” or “Xanamem”, and has CAS No.: 1346013-80-6.
- the chemical name (i.e., IUPAC name) of Formula la is (5-(lH-Pyrazol-4-yl)thiophen-3-yl)(3-hydroxy-3- (pyrimidin-2-yl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1] octan-8-yl)methanone.
- a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof may be prepared by any suitable method as would be understood by the person skilled in the art.
- a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof may be prepared in accordance with the procedure described in WO2011/135276, which is herein incorporated by reference thereto.
- a corresponding salt of the compound such as, for example, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic salts. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge el al., 1977, “Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts,” J. Pharm. Sci., vol. 66, pl-19.
- a salt may be formed with a suitable cation.
- suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na + and K + , alkaline earth cations such as Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ , and other cations such as Al 3+ .
- suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH4 + ) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH3R + , NH2R2 + , NHR3 + , NRA).
- Suitable substituted ammonium ions include, but are not limited to, those derived from ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine.
- An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH3)4 + .
- a salt may be formed with a suitable anion.
- suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, those derived from the inorganic acids including hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
- Suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the organic acids including 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphor sulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxy maleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicyclic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may involve the inclusion of another molecule such as an acetate ion, a succinate ion or other counterion.
- the counterion may be any organic or inorganic moiety that stabilises the charge on the parent compound.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may have more than one charged atom in its structure. Instances where multiple charged atoms are part of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt can have multiple counter ions. Hence, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt can have one or more charged atoms and/or one or more counterion.
- non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts also fall within the scope of the present disclosure since these may be useful as intermediates in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts or may be useful during storage or transport. Unless otherwise specified herein, reference to a particular compound also includes salts thereof.
- solvates refers to such a complex of solute (e.g., a compound, salt of a compound) and solvent.
- solvents that may form pharmaceutically acceptable solvates include, but are not limited to, isopropanol, ethanol, methanol, DMSO, ethylacetate, acetic acid, and ethanolamine.
- the solvate may be conventionally referred to as a “hydrate”.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable solvate is a pharmaceutically acceptable hydrate.
- the hydrate may be, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc. Unless otherwise specified herein, reference to a particular compound also includes solvates thereof.
- prodrug refers to compound which, when metabolised (e.g., in vivo), yields the desired active compound.
- the prodrug is inactive, or less active that the desired active compound, but may provide advantageous handling, administration, or metabolic properties.
- some prodrugs are activated enzymatically to yield the active compound, or a compound which, upon further chemical reaction, yields the active compound.
- the prodrug may be a sugar derivative or other glycoside conjugate, or may be an amino acid ester derivative.
- therapeutically effective amount refers to an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) being administered in an amount sufficient to improve cognitive functioning and/or alleviate or prevent to some extent one or more of the symptoms of the disorder or condition being treated, typically without undue adverse side effects or to achieve a desired pharmacological effect or therapeutic improvement with a reduced side effect profile.
- the results can include the reduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease or condition, or any other desired alteration of a biological system.
- Therapeutically effective amounts may, for example, be determined by routine experimentation, including but not limited to a dose escalation clinical trial.
- a prophylactically effective amount includes, for example, a prophylactically effective amount.
- a prophylactically effective amount is an amount sufficient to prevent further cognitive impairment or decline. It is understood that “an effective amount” or “a therapeutically effective amount” can vary from subject to subject, due to variation in metabolism of the compound and any of age, weight, general condition of the subject, the condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, and the judgment of the prescribing physician. An appropriate an effective amount” or “a therapeutically effective amount” in any individual case may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using routine experimentation.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- in vitro or in vivo assays may optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges. Such techniques are known to the person skilled in the art.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor administered in an amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage (in mg) of at least about 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, or 200.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor administered in an amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage (in mg) of less than 200, 150, 100, 75, 60, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, 5, or 1.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor administered in an amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage (in mg) in a range provided by any of the previously described upper and/or lower amounts, for example, a total daily dosage of between about 1 and 100 mg, about 5 and 75 mg, about 10 and 50 mg, about 15 and 45 mg, or about 20 and 40 mg.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor administered in an amount, in a particular form, or according to a dosage regime as described herein, and the method comprises treating the human subject with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor, wherein the 11 ⁇ - HSD1 inhibitor is administered in that amount, in that particular form, or according to that dosage regime.
- suitable dosage ranges for oral administration are generally from about 0.001 milligram to 1000 milligrams of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) per kilogram body weight.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered in an amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage (in mg) of at least about 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, or 200. In some embodiments, the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered in an amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage (in mg) of less than about 200, 150, 100, 75, 60, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, 5, or 1.
- the total daily dosage may be provided in a range between at any two of these upper and/or lower amounts.
- a total daily dosage may be provided in an amount of between about 1 and 100 mg, about 5 and 75 mg, about 10 and 50 mg, about 15 and 45 mg, or about 20 and 40 mg.
- the baseline level of the tau protein is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered once daily, twice daily, three times daily, or four times daily.
- the baseline level of the tau protein is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSD1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 1 l ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered three times daily.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered four times daily.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSD1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered multiple times daily.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSD1 inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the 1 lp- HSD1 inhibitor e.g.
- a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof is administered as a once daily dose of between about 10 mg and 30 mg, for example at about 20 mg.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- a therapeutically effective amount of the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered to the subject at a predetermined frequency.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor e.g . a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor (e .g . a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered twice daily.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g.
- a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof is administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered three times daily.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor is administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered four times daily.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered multiple times daily.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g.
- a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof is administered as a twice daily dose of between about 5 mg and 20 mg per dose, for example at about 10 mg per dose.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor administered in an amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage of from about 1 to 70 mg of Formula I or from about 5 to 40 mg of Formula I; and if the method comprises treating the human subject, further comprises administering the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor in an amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage of from about 1 to 70 mg of Formula I or from about 5 to 40 mg of Formula I.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor administered as a single once-daily dosage or a twice-daily dosage; and if the method comprises treating the human subject, comprises administering the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor as a single once-daily dosage or a twice-daily dosage.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor administered as a twice-daily dosage of 10 mg per dosage; and if the method comprises treating the human subject, further comprises administering the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor as a twice-daily dosage of 10 mg per dosage.
- a therapeutically effective amount of the 11 ⁇ -HSD 1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered to the subject at a predetermined frequency and/or duration.
- administration according to any embodiments (e.g. frequency) as described herein may be for a duration of about, or at least about, 1 day, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 12 months, 2 years, or 5 years.
- Administration of the therapeutically effective amount of the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) may be ongoing so long as a therapeutic effect is received by the subject.
- the term “administer” and “administering” are used to mean introducing the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) into a subject.
- the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof is provided at, or after the onset of, a symptom of cognitive decline.
- the therapeutic administration of this substance serves to attenuate any symptom, or prevent additional symptoms from arising.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g.
- a compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the prophylactic administration of t the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor serves to attenuate subsequently arising symptoms or prevent or reduce the likelihood of the symptoms from arising altogether.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered by any suitable route.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- examples include, but are not limited to, oral, topical, transdermal, intranasal, vaginal, rectal, intraarterial, intramuscular, intraosseous, intraperitoneal, epidural and intrathecal.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered orally or orally with food.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- An 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) may be administered by any suitable route. Examples include, but are not limited to, oral, topical, transdermal, intranasal, vaginal, rectal, intraarterial, intramuscular, intraosseous, intraperitoneal, epidural and intrathecal. In some embodiments, the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered orally.
- the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSD1 inhibitor administered orally or administered orally with food; and if the method comprises treating the human subject, further comprises administering the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor orally or orally with food.
- An 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) may be administered to the subject with respect to the subj ect’ s fasted state, as would be understood by the person skilled in the art.
- the subject may be administered the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) before, with, or after a meal.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g.
- a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof is administered to the subject before a meal (i.e., the subject being in a fasted state).
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- a meal i.e., the subject being in a fasted state
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- a meal i.e., the subject being in a fasted state
- a meal i.e., the subject being in a fasted state
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- a meal i.e., the subject being in a fasted state
- compositions suitable for use in the methods and uses described herein comprise an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.
- a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof is presented as a pharmaceutical composition.
- a pharmaceutical compositions can comprise an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, and optionally any other therapeutic ingredients, stabilisers, or the like.
- the carrier(s) must be pharmaceutically acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not unduly deleterious to the recipient thereof.
- suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are known in the art and are selected based on the end use application.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may act as a diluent, dispersant or carrier for the active agents and other optional components of the composition.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may also contain materials commonly used in pharmaceutically products and can be in a wide variety of forms.
- the carrier may be water, liquid or solid emollients, silicone oils, emulsifiers, surfactants, solvents, humectants, thickeners, powders, propellants and the like.
- the composition is a pharmaceutical composition, and wherein the composition comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- composition may for example contain a solvent, such as water (e.g. water for injection) or a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- a solvent such as water (e.g. water for injection) or a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
- compositions may further include diluents, buffers, citrate, trehalose, binders, disintegrants, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives (including antioxidants), inorganic salts (e.g., sodium chloride), antimicrobial agents (e.g., benzalkonium chloride), sweeteners, antistatic agents, sorbitan esters, lipids (e.g., phospholipids such as lecithin and other phosphatidylcholines, phosphatidylethanolamines, fatty acids and fatty esters, steroids (e.g., cholesterol)), and chelating agents (e.g., EDTA, zinc and other such suitable cations).
- diluents e.g., buffers, citrate, trehalose, binders, disintegrants, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives (including antioxidants), inorganic salts (e.g., sodium chloride), antimicrobial agents (e.g
- compositions of the present disclosure may also include polymeric excipients/additives or carriers, e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidones, derivatised celluloses such as hydroxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, Ficolls (a polymeric sugar), hydroxyethylstarch (HES), dextrates (e.g., cyclodextrins, such as 2- hydroxypropyl-P-cyclodextrin and sulfobutylether-P-cyclodextrin), polyethylene glycols, and pectin.
- polymeric excipients/additives or carriers e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidones, derivatised celluloses such as hydroxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, Ficolls (a polymeric sugar), hydroxyethylstarch (HES), dextrates (e.g.,
- compositions according to the present disclosure are listed in “Remington: The Science & Practice of Pharmacy”, 19. sup. th ed., Williams & Williams, (1995), and in the “Physician’s Desk Reference”, 52. sup. nd ed., Medical Economics, Montvale, N.J. (1998), and in “Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients”, Third Ed., Ed. A. H. Kibbe, Pharmaceutical Press, 2000.
- An 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- compositions including those suitable for inhalation to the lung, by aerosol, parenteral (including intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, or intramuscular injection) or oral administration.
- compositions may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. All methods include the step of bringing an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) into association with a carrier that constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- compositions are prepared by bringing an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) into association with a liquid carrier to form a solution or a suspension, or alternatively, by bringing a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof into association with formulation components suitable for forming a solid, optionally a particulate product, and then, if warranted, shaping the product into a desired delivery form.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- compositions for oral delivery may, for example, be in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, granules, powders, emulsions, capsules, syrups, or elixirs.
- Orally administered compositions may contain one or more optional agents, for example, sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin; flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry; coloring agents; and preserving agents, to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation.
- sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin
- flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry
- coloring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry
- preserving agents to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation.
- the compositions may be coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract thereby providing a sustained action over an extended period of time.
- Oral compositions can include standard vehicles such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Such vehicles are preferably of pharmaceutical grade.
- the oral compositions described herein may contain from about 1% to about 95% of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof by weight, and the oral compositions may be dosed 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more times daily.
- the oral compositions described herein may contain a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof by weight % in at least about 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90.
- the oral compositions described herein may contain a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof by weight % in less than about 95, 90, 85, 80, 75, 70, 65, 60, 55, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, or 5.
- the oral compositions described herein may contain a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof by weight % in a range provided by any two of these upper and/or lower values, for example between about 5 and 20 wt %.
- the composition is formulated for parenteral delivery.
- the composition may be a sterile, lyophilized, crystalized or amorphous composition that is suitable for reconstitution in an aqueous vehicle prior to injection.
- a composition suitable for parenteral administration conveniently comprises a sterile aqueous preparation of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, which may for example be formulated to be isotonic with the blood of the recipient.
- compositions are also provided which are suitable for administration as an aerosol, by inhalation.
- These formulations comprise a solution or suspension of an 1 lp- HSD1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof).
- the desired formulation may be placed in a small chamber and nebulized. Nebulization may be accomplished by compressed air or by ultrasonic energy to form a plurality of liquid droplets or solid particles comprising an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof).
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the composition comprises a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, and one or more additional pharmaceutically active agents.
- the composition comprises an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) in an amount that is therapeutically effective amount.
- the therapeutically effective amount is provided by a single dose.
- the therapeutically effective amount is provided by one or more doses administered as part of a course of treatment, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27 or greater than 27 doses.
- the amount of an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) present in the composition will vary depending on the other ingredients present in the composition, the desired effect and the like.
- the composition comprises an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) in a concentration between about 0.001 to 1000 mg/mL, 0.01 to 500 mg/mL, 0.1 to 50 mg/mL.
- the composition comprises an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor (e.g.
- a compound of Formula I in a concentration between about 1 to 99 wt%, 1 to 90wt%, 1 to 85 wt%, 1 to 80 wt%, 1 to 75 wt%, 1 to 70 wt%, 1 to 65 wt%, 1 to 60 wt%, 1 to 55 wt%, 1 to 50 wt%, 1 to 45 wt%, 1 to 40 wt%, 1 to 35 wt%, 1 to 30 wt%, 5 to 99 wt%, 10 to 99 wt%, 15 to 99 wt%, 20 to 99 wt%, 25 to 99 wt%, 30 to 99 wt%, 35 to 99 wt%, 40 to 99 wt%, 45 to 99 wt%, 50 to 99 wt%, 54 to 99 wt%, 60 to 99 wt%, 65 to 99 wt%,
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- a further therapeutic agent e.g. a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- the methods and uses described herein also relate to co-administering one or more substances in addition to a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof to the subject, the term “co-administer” indicates that each of at least two compounds are administered during a time frame wherein the respective periods of biological activity or effects overlap. Thus, the term includes sequential as well as coextensive administration of compounds. Similar to administering compounds, co-administration of more than one substance can be for therapeutic and/or prophylactic purposes.
- compositions comprising a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof may be co-administered with fluids or other substances that are capable of alleviating, attenuating, preventing or removing symptoms in a subject suffering from, exhibiting the symptoms of, or at risk of suffering from cognitive decline.
- Types of fluid that can be co-administered with a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof should be specific to the circumstances surrounding the particular subject that is suffering from, exhibiting the symptoms of, or at risk of suffering from a bacterial infection.
- fluids that may be co-administered with a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof include but are not limited to, electrolytes and/or water, salt solutions, such as sodium chloride and sodium bicarbonate, as well as whole blood, plasma, serum, serum albumin and colloid solutions.
- the composition may be a food or beverage, or provided into a food or beverage.
- the composition may be a veterinary product, such as a dog or cat food product.
- the composition may be a feed additive, a supplement, or a medical food.
- an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof
- An 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor may be incorporated into food products and beverages.
- An 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor e.g.
- a compound of Formula I may be impregnated, mixed, emulsified, sprayed or coated onto carriers such as cellulose, methylcellulose, dextrose, cyclodextrose, cyclodextrin, maltitol, and fibre. Delivery may also be enhanced with a range of surfactants, lipids, complexes, solvents and cosolvent pharmaceutical delivery systems known in the pharmaceutical art to improve bioavailability, absorption and efficacy.
- the term “food” or “food product” includes any edible product for human or non-human consumption, such as but not limited to supplements, snacks (sweet and savory), cocoa-containing foods, flavours, beverages, dietary supplements and formulations including supplements used in animal health and nutrition. Additional ingredients desired in the resulting food product may be added at any point in the process.
- Knowledge-based computer software and hardware for implementing an algorithm of the disclosure also form part of the present disclosure. Such computer software and/or hardware are useful for performing a method of the disclosure.
- the present disclosure also provides software or hardware programmed to implement an algorithm that processes data related to tau protein levels obtained by performing the method of the disclosure via an univariable or multivariable analysis to provide a disease/condition index value and provide or permit a determination that a subject suffering, or suspected of suffering from, a neurodegenerative disease will respond to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor.
- a method of the disclosure may be used in existing knowledge-based architecture or platforms associated with pathology services. For example, results from a method described herein are transmitted via a communications network (e.g. the internet) to a processing system in which an algorithm is stored and used to generate a predicted posterior probability value, which translates to the index of probability of responsiveness to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor which is then forwarded to an end user in the form of a predictive report.
- a communications network e.g. the internet
- the method of the disclosure may, therefore, be in the form of a kit or computer-based system which comprises the reagents necessary to detect the concentration or level of a tau protein in a biological sample and the computer hardware and/or software to facilitate determination and transmission of reports to a clinician.
- the methods and assays of the present disclosure permits integration into existing or newly developed pathology architecture or platform systems.
- the present disclosure contemplates a method of allowing a user to determine likely responsiveness of a subject to treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor, including:
- (d) transferring an indication of the status of the subject to the user via the communications network reference to the multivariate analysis includes an algorithm which performs the multivariate analysis function.
- the method additionally includes:
- the base station can include first and second processing systems, in which case the method can include:
- the method may also include:
- the method also includes at least one of:
- the second processing system may be coupled to a database adapted to store predetermined data and/or the univariate or multivariate analysis function, the method include:
- the second processing system can be coupled to a database, the method including storing the data in the database.
- the method can also include having the user determine the data using a secure array, the secure array of elements capable of determining the level of the tau protein in the subject sample and having a number of features each located at respective position(s) on the respective code.
- the method typically includes causing the base station to:
- the method can also include causing the base station to:
- the present disclosure also provides a base station for determining the status of a subject with respect to likely responsiveness to therapy with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor, the base station including:
- the processing system can be adapted to receive data from a remote end station adapted to determine the data.
- the processing system may include:
- the base station typically includes:
- the processing system can be coupled to a database, the processing system being adapted to store the data in the database.
- Example Embodiment 1 A method of identifying or selecting a subject for receiving treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment, the method comprising determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
- Example Embodiment 2 A method of determining an increased probability of responsiveness to a treatment of a subject with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor, the method comprising determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
- Example Embodiment 3 A method of treating a subject with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor, the method comprising administering an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor to the subject, wherein the subject has previously been identified or selected for receiving treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment by determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
- Example Embodiment 4 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 3, wherein the method comprises identifying and selecting a subject for receiving treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment based on determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, and administering the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor to the subject.
- Example Embodiment 5 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 4, wherein the treatment of the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of cognitive functioning in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, an improvement of cognitive impairment in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, and/or a prophylactic treatment for preventing cognitive decline in a subject predisposed to a disorder or disease associated with cognitive decline.
- Example Embodiment 6 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 5, wherein the treatment is for a neurodegenerative disease selected from the group consisting of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Huntington's disease, multiple system atrophy, Frontal lobe dementia, vascular dementia, and prion diseases.
- a neurodegenerative disease selected from the group consisting of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Huntington's disease, multiple system atrophy, Frontal lobe dementia, vascular dementia, and prion diseases.
- Example Embodiment 7 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the treatment with the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor provides a delay in progression of impairment, halt in progression of impairment, and/or improvement in cognitive ability and/or function, of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject using one or more testing criteria methods selected from Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests, CDR-SB, MMSE, ADAS-Cog, CogState Cognition Test Battery, CANTAB test battery, and Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living.
- Example Embodiment 8 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 7, wherein the subject has an MMSE score of less than 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10.
- Example Embodiment 9 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 8, wherein the treatment is for Alzheimer's disease (AD), and wherein the subject has an MMSE score of less than 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10.
- AD Alzheimer's disease
- Example Embodiment 10 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 9, wherein the treatment of the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of a change in baseline in Executive Function and/or Episodic Memory.
- Example Embodiment 11 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 10, wherein the baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/ml) is at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15.
- Example Embodiment 12 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the method comprises selecting a subject as being suitable for receiving treatment with an 11 ⁇ -HSD1 inhibitor in order to increase the probability of responsiveness to the treatment by determining the baseline level of a tau protein in a sample obtained from the subject, wherein if a baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/ml) is at least 1 then the subject is selected for the treatment.
- Example Embodiment 13 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 12, wherein the tau protein is a phosphorylated tau (pTau) protein.
- tau protein is a phosphorylated tau (pTau) protein.
- Example Embodiment 14 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 13, wherein the tau protein is a phosphorylated tau (pTau) protein having any one or more phosphorylated serines of 46, 199, 202, 235, 262, 293, 324, 356, 396, 404, 422 and/or threonines 181, 50, 69, 111, 153, 175, 205, 212, 217, 231 of the Tau protein.
- pTau phosphorylated tau
- Example Embodiment 15 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 14, wherein the tau protein is pTau-181.
- Example Embodiment 16 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 15, wherein the level of the tau protein is determined by imaging or sample analysis.
- Example Embodiment 17 The method of Example Embodiment 16, wherein the imaging is PET imaging etc.
- Example Embodiment 18 The method of Example Embodiment 16, wherein the sample is blood, blood plasma, or cerebrospinal fluid.
- Example Embodiment 19 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 18, wherein the 1 lp-HSDl inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of ABT384, AZD4017, ABT305, INCB- 13739, BVT.3498, BVT 116429, bezafibrate; CRx-401, difhinisal; BMS- 823778; UE2343; and carbenoxolone.
- Example Embodiment 20 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 19, wherein the 11 ⁇ -HSD1 inhibitor is selected from a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof:
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR 3 , -SR 3 , - NR 3 R 4 , -COR 3 , -CO2R 3 , -CONR 3 R 4 , -NR 3 COR 4 , -SO2R 3 , -SO 2 NR 3 R 4 , and -NR 3 SO 2 R 4 ; wherein R 3 and R 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, 3-7-membered carbocyclyl and 3-7-membered heterocyclyl; wherein each 3-10- membered carbocycly
- Example Embodiment 21 The method of Example Embodiment 20, wherein the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula la, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof:
- R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR 3 , -SR 3 , - NR 3 R 4 , -COR 3 , -CO2R 3 , -CONR 3 R 4 , -NR 3 COR 4 , -SO2R 3 , -SO 2 NR 3 R 4 , and -NR 3 SO 2 R 4 ; wherein R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, 3-7-membered carbocyclyl and 3-7-membered heterocyclyl; wherein each 3-10-membered carbocyclyl
- Example Embodiment 22 The method of Example Embodiment 20 or Example Embodiment 21, wherein R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, -OH, -CN, and -NH2; and wherein if present, each 3-10-membered carbocyclyl and 3-10-membered heterocyclyl may be further substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl.
- Example Embodiment 23 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 20 to 22, wherein R 1 and R 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, 6-membered carbocyclyl, 6-membered heterocyclyl, -OH, -CN, and -NH2; and wherein if present, each 6-membered carbocyclyl and 6-membered heterocyclyl may be further substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl.
- Example Embodiment 24 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 20 to 23, wherein R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl, and R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: and
- Example Embodiment 25 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 20 to 24, wherein the compound of Formula I is selected from the group consisting of:
- Example Embodiment 26 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 20 to 25, wherein the compound of Formula I is:
- Example Embodiment 27 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 20 to 26, wherein the compound of Formula I is:
- Example Embodiment 28 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 27, wherein the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is administered in amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage of from about 1 to 70 mg of Formula I or from about 5 to 40 mg of Formula I.
- Example Embodiment 29 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 28, wherein the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is administered as a single once-daily dosage or a twice-daily dosage.
- Example Embodiment 30 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 29, wherein the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is administered as a twice-daily dosage of 10 mg per dosage.
- Example Embodiment 31 The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 30, wherein the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor is administered orally or is administered orally with food.
- Formulations comprising an 11 ⁇ -HSD1 inhibitor were tested on human subjects to evaluate selection and treatment suitability for the subjects.
- the 11 ⁇ -HSDl inhibitor selected was a compound of Formula 1 , as described herein, which was synthesized and characterized according to the procedure described in WO2011135276, which is herein incorporated by reference thereto.
- the compound of Formula 1 that was selected is also known as UE2343 or (5-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)thiophen-3-yl)(3-hydroxy-3-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan- 8-yl)methanone.
- XanamemTM contains UE2343 as an active ingredient.
- a Phase II, Double-Blind, 12-Week, Randomised, Placebo-Controlled Study was conducted to Assess the Safety, Tolerability and Efficacy of XanamemTM in Subjects with Mild Dementia due to Alzheimer’s Disease (AD).
- Study Sites Multicentre, up to 20 sites in Australia, United Kingdom and United States of America.
- Study Design This is a Phase II, randomized, multi-centre, double-blind, placebo- controlled, proof-of-concept study to assess the safety, tolerability and efficacy of oral XanamemTM QD in adult subjects with mild dementia due to AD.
- Subjects were tasked with taking the study drug at the same time each morning with meals (i.e. not in fasted condition) due to a higher bioavailability observed when taken in a fed state. Drug intake when fasted had no safety concern.
- the primary objective of the study is to evaluate the extent to which XanamemTM improves performance from Baseline to end of treatment (EOT) compared to placebo, as measured by changes in AD COMposite Scores (ADCOMs, composite data derived from Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scales - Cognitive subscale version 14 [ADAS-Cog vl4], Clinical Dementia Rating Scale - Sum of Boxes [CDR-SOB], and MiniMental Status Examination [MMSE]) and ADAS-Cog vl4 as primary endpoints in subjects with mild dementia due to probable AD.
- ADCOMs composite data derived from Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scales - Cognitive subscale version 14 [ADAS-Cog vl4], Clinical Dementia Rating Scale - Sum of Boxes [CDR-SOB], and MiniMental Status Examination [MMSE]
- ADAS-Cog vl4 as primary endpoints in subjects with mild dementia due to probable AD.
- NPI Neuropsychiatric Inventory
- NTB Neuropsychological Test Batteries
- the central laboratory will flag positive serum human chorionic gonadotropin as exclusionary at Screening (re-test of Screening if required). In such cases, the site will perform a local urine pregnancy test at Baseline to determine if the subject can continue to randomisation. c) Are permanently sterile or have had a hysterectomy, bilateral salpingectomy or bilateral oophorectomy. d) Women must not bebreastfeeding.
- a brain magnetic resonance imaging or computed tomography scan in the 12 months preceding Screening (a wider window may be accepted but requires written approval by the ICON Medical Monitor) that, in the investigator’s opinion, is consistent with AD as the principal aetiology of the dementia with no other clinically significant abnormality, e.g. another principal underlying aetiology of the subject’s dementia, or a lesion which could affect cognition e.g. a brain tumour or large stroke.
- Study partner has a consenting study partner who, in the investigator’s judgement, has frequent and sufficient contact with the subject to be able to provide accurate information as to the subject’s cognitive and functional abilities. Study partner is available to provide information to the investigator and study site staff about the subject and attend all study site visits in person for scale completion for duration of study.
- Exclusion 1 Clinically significant abnormalities in vital signs (blood pressure, Criteria heart rate, respiration rate and oral temperature).
- Clinically significant neurological disease other than AD such as (but not limited to) Parkinson’s disease, multi-infarct dementia, Huntington’s disease, normal pressure hydrocephalus, brain tumour, progressive supranuclear palsy, seizure disorder, subdural haematoma, multiple sclerosis or a history of significant head trauma followed by persistent neurologic defaults or known structural brain abnormalities.
- Clinical evidence of neuropathy is defined as: a) Inability to sense a stimulus even at the secondary (more proximal) skin area for pinprick, light touch, and vibration or temperature at the foot, in at least one extremity (in case neurography measures are normal, the case will be discussed with the ICON MM to assess subject eligibility) b) Nerve conduction abnormalities beyond local normal values or inability to measure Sensory Nerve Action Potential or Compound Muscle Action Potential in the primary or a secondary (back-up) nerve c) Neuropathy Total Symptom Score (NTSS)-6 score > 6, but note that subjects are eligible even if they show:
- ECG electrocardiogram
- Subjects will undergo the tests, ADAS-Cog vl4, CDR-SOB, MMSE, NTB (executive domain) and RAVLT at the indicated time -points to avoid uncontrolled learning effects. Subjects who need to perform these tests externally to and in parallel with this study will be excluded.
- Subject has ingested any food or drink containing grapefruit, Seville oranges, star fruit, or derived products (e.g. fruit juice), for at least 3 days prior to the first administration of study drug. Subjects must be willing to abstain from ingesting these foods and drinks throughout the study, as it may interfere with the activity of Xanamem ⁇ M
- Test Product Oral XanamemTM capsules, 10 mg administered once a day (QD).
- Dose and Dosing Mode of Administration At Week 0, eligible subjects will be randomised to 10 mg/matching placebo QD with a 1 : 1 allocation ratio.
- XanamemTM is formulated in green and cream-coloured size 3, Coni-Snap shaped gelatin capsules as an excipient blend at a dose of 10 mg (see Table 1). The dose of XanamenTM will be 10 mg administered orally, QD. Table 1: Ingredients of Xanamem and Placebo Capsules using Dose of 10 mg (% w/w)
- PK blood samples were taken from all subjects who participate in the main study.
- the PK samples taken pre-dose and between 3 and 5 hours post-dose, i.e. the time interval during which peak concentrations were observed in the Phase I studies.
- PK blood samples will be taken at Week 0 (Baseline), Week 4, Week 8 and Week 12 of the study.
- PD blood samples collected from a sub-group of approximately 50 subjects (unless a higher number is defined as a result of the DSMB analysis of the PD data).
- the PD sampling in this study will complement the previously reported Phase I data, in which most of the subjects were male and only a small number of subjects were aged 50 years or older. If, after evaluation of the PD data by the DSMB, it is considered that an insufficient number of subjects are on active drug, further PD data will be collected.
- CDR-SOB Clinical Dementia Rating Scale - Sum of Boxes
- CDR-Global Global
- the Washington University CDR is a global assessment instrument that yields global and SOB scores, with the global score regularly used in clinical and research settings to stage dementia severity.
- the CDR-SOB score has been considered a more detailed quantitative general index than the global score and provides more information than the global CDR score in participants with mild dementia.
- CDR Global results are relevant for subject eligibility and thus will also be performed at the Screening visit.
- the CDR is obtained through semi- structured interviews of patients and informants, and cognitive functioning is rated in six domains of functioning: memory, orientation, judgement and problem solving, community affairs, home and hobbies, and personal care. Each domain is rated on a five-point scale of functioning as follows: 0, no impairment; 0.5, questionable impairment; 1, mild impairment; 2, moderate impairment; and 3, severe impairment.
- the global CDR score is computed via an algorithm. CDR Global score is calculated using the Washington University online algorithm.
- the CDR-SOB is based on summing each of the domain box scores, with scores ranging from 0-18.
- MMSE Mini-Mental Status Examination
- the MMSE is a 30-point questionnaire that is used extensively in clinical and research settings to measure cognitive impairment and is commonly used in medicine and allied health to screen for dementia. It is also used to estimate the severity and progression of cognitive impairment and to follow the course of cognitive changes in an individual over time; thus making it an effective way to document a participant’s response to treatment. For this study, MMSE results are relevant for subject eligibility and performed at Screening visit.
- a Non-interventional Biomarker Analysis Extension Protocol study was conducted for Participants who were previously enrolled in the above described Phase II, Double-Blind, 12- Week, Randomised, Placebo-Controlled Study to Assess the Safety, Tolerability and Efficacy of XanamemTM in Subjects with Mild Dementia due to Alzheimer’s Disease (AD).
- the objectives for study were:
- AD Alzheimer’s Disease
- treatment as fixed effect and baseline biomarker value as covariate
- treatment baseline p-Taul81 (low/high) category
- treatment-by-baseline p-Taul81 (low/high) category as fixed effects, and baseline biomarker value as covariate
- treatment baseline p-Taul81 ( ⁇ 10.2 pg/mL / >10.2 pg/mL) category
- treatment- by-baseline p-Taul81 ⁇ 10.2 pg/mL / >10.2 pg/mL
- baseline p-Tau-181 categories were delineated on the basis of the median value of baseline p-Tau-181 of the dataset (6.74 pg/mL).
- the treatment effect of a CDR-SB mean 0.6 points (median 0.8 points) for Xanamem compares favorably with that for injectable amyloid antibody therapies (0.4-0.45 points) and approved oral anticholinesterases or memantine (Cohen’s d of approximately 0.2-0.3).
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present disclosure generally relates to the surprising discovery that subjects likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSD1 inhibitor can be selected for treatment based on a comparison between a baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, and a reference level of the tau protein.
Description
SUBJECT SELECTION FOR 11β-HSD1 INHIBITOR TREATMENT
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
The present application claims priority from Australian Provisional Patent Application No. 2022902939 filed on 7 October 2022, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
FIELD
The present disclosure generally relates to the therapeutic field of selecting subjects for treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor. The present disclosure also relates to the identification and selection of subjects for responsiveness to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, which may include improving cognitive functioning or impairment in subjects.
BACKGROUND 11β-Hydroxy steroid dehydrogenase ( 11β-HSDl) is an enzyme that catalyzes the conversion of cortisone to active cortisol, and is of great significance to biological basal metabolism. Cortisol is a steroid hormone known to have physiological effects on, for example, development, neurobiology, inflammation, blood pressure, metabolism, and programmed cell death. Therefore, inhibition of 11β-HSDl and associated reduction of cortisol, has been proposed as a treatment for a range of disease pathologies.
Whilst clinical phenotyping may incline a practitioner towards one treatment plan or another, there is no evidence-driven approach available to determine the suitability of an individual subject for treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor. Finding a solution to the present difficulty of determining the suitability of an individual subject for treatment with an 11β- HSDl inhibitor promises to bring a marked improvement in the likelihood of patient responsiveness to treatment, and will aid in avoiding the cost, burden, and physiological detriment associated with unnecessary treatment, where it can be determined that a patient is likely to be non-responsive to that treatment.
The benefits of such a method extend beyond the mere determination of suitability for treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, as it may also assist in determining the likely nature and extent of that response, the likely duration of that response, the optimal dose or amount of the treatment to effect that response, as well as other factors such as the likelihood of an adverse event. Determination of these factors strongly correlates to patient outcome, which at present is difficult to determine to the extent of desired certainty.
Given the financial, physical, and psychological burden to the individual and society associated with the treatment of diseases wherein 11β-HSD 1 is pathologically implicated, there are large benefits to be reaped through informed and accurate patient selection. Thus, there is a need for an empirical approach to determining the suitability of treating a patient with an 1 lp- HSD1 inhibitor to improve patient outcomes.
Alzheimer’s Disease (AD) is one example of a disease whose treatment stands to benefit from an approach to determining the suitability for treating a patient with an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor. AD is typically diagnosed on the basis of clinical presentation of syndromic change. Yet, a definitive diagnosis of AD is confirmed only by autopsy confirmation of the presence of plaques consisting of aggregated amyloid-P peptide and intracellular neurofibrillary tangles of abnormally phosphorylated tau. AD develops years before the symptoms of dementia appear. Indeed, it is believed that brain pathology begins up to 15 years before the appearance of mild cognitive impairment or clinical dementia. Complicating matters further, not all clinical presentations are found post-mortem to be accompanied with AD-associated neuropathological changes. Thus, it has become increasingly clear that clinical presentation alone is an insufficient basis for the accurate diagnosis of AD, and that consideration of biomarkers for diagnosis and treatment is critical to improving patient outcomes.
Given the burden of cognitive diseases like AD to the individual and society, further investigation is warranted concerning the utility of AD-associated neuropathological biomarkers and cognitive tests towards informing treatment options. Improved treatment through the judicious selection of suitable patients for 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor treatment is an important development to effecting a significant reduction in the burden of this disease.
SUMMARY
The present disclosure is predicated in part on the surprising discovery that tau protein can be used to select subjects more likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor. Treatment with an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor can include improving cognitive functioning or impairment in subjects, for example healthy subjects or subjects suffering from neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s Disease (AD). Treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor may also delay or halt progression of cognitive impairment in subjects.
In one aspect, there is provided a method of determining whether a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering, from a neurodegenerative disease is likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, the method comprising:
(a) obtaining data on a baseline level of a tau protein in the human subject; and
(b) determining whether the human subject is likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor based on the baseline level of the tau protein,
wherein the baseline level of the tan protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tan protein associated with the neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor.
In one aspect, there is provided a method of identifying or selecting a subject for receiving treatment with an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment, the method comprising determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided a method of determining an increased probability of responsiveness to a treatment of a subject with an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor, the method comprising determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the increased probability of responsiveness is determined where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided a method of treating a subject with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, the method comprising administering an 11β-HSDl inhibitor to the subject, wherein the subject has previously been identified or selected for receiving treatment with an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment, by determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In an embodiment, the method comprises identifying and selecting a subject for receiving treatment with the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment based on determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, and administering the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor to the subject.
In another embodiment, the treatment of the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor provides an improvement of cognitive functioning in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, an improvement of cognitive impairment in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, and/or a prophylactic treatment for preventing cognitive decline in a subject predisposed to a disorder or disease associated with cognitive decline.
In another embodiment, the treatment is for a neurodegenerative disease selected from the group consisting of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington’s disease, multiple system atrophy, Frontal lobe dementia, vascular dementia, and prion diseases. In one example, the treatment is for Alzheimer’ s disease.
In another embodiment, the treatment of the 11β-HSDl inhibitor provides a delay in progression of impairment, halt in progression of impairment, and/or improvement in cognitive ability, of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject using one or more testing criteria methods selected from Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests, CDR-SB, MMSE, ADAS-Cog, CogState Cognition Test Battery, CANTAB test battery, and Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living.
In another aspect, there is provided a method of determining whether a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering, from a neurodegenerative disease is likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, the method comprising:
(a) obtaining data on a baseline level of cognitive function of the human subject as assessed by the Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE); and
(b) determining whether the human subject is likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor based on the baseline level of cognitive function, wherein the baseline level of cognitive function, being equal to or greater than a reference level of cognitive function described by an MMSE score that is less 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor.
In another aspect, there is provided a use of a tau protein or a tau protein for use in identifying or selecting a subject for responsiveness in receiving a treatment of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor by determination of the baseline level of the tau protein in the subject.
In another aspect, there is provided an 11β-HSDl inhibitor for use in treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
In another aspect, there is provided an 11β-HSDl inhibitor for use in increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
In another aspect, there is provided a use of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
In another aspect, there is provided a use of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
In another aspect, there is provided a use of a tan protein or a tan protein for use in identifying or selecting a subject for responsiveness in receiving a treatment of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor by determination of the baseline level of the tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided an 11β-HSD1 inhibitor for use in treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided an 11β-HSDl inhibitor for use in increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the increased probability of responsiveness is determined where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided a use of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided a use of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the increased probability of responsiveness is determined where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided software or hardware programmed to implement an algorithm that processes data related to tau protein levels obtained by performing the method of the disclosure via an univariable or multivariable analysis to provide a disease/condition index value and provide or permit a determination that a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering from, a neurodegenerative disease will respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor.
Any embodiment herein shall be taken to apply mutatis mutandis to any other embodiment unless specifically stated otherwise.
For the avoidance of any doubt, it will be understood that any embodiment herein referring to the administration of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, or treatment step or method comprised thereof, that provides some improvement or benefit to a subject, applies mutatis mutandis to any aspect or embodiment described herein, including but not limited to, methods of determining whether the subject is likely to be provided with that improvement or benefit by treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor, and vice versa.
The present application is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodiments described herein, which are intended for the purpose of exemplification only. Functionally- equivalent products, compositions and methods are clearly within the scope of the application, as described herein.
Throughout this specification, unless specifically stated otherwise or the context requires otherwise, reference to a single step, composition of matter, group of steps or group of compositions of matter shall be taken to encompass one and a plurality (i.e. one or more) of those steps, compositions of matter, groups of steps or group of compositions of matter.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
General Definitions
Unless specifically defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein shall be taken to have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art (e.g., chemistry, biochemistry, medicinal chemistry, microbiology and the like).
As used herein, the term “and/or”, e g., “X and/or Y” shall be understood to mean either “X and Y” or “X or Y” and shall be taken to provide explicit support for both meanings or for either meaning, e.g. A and/or B includes the options i) A, ii) B or iii) A and B..
As used herein, the term about, unless stated to the contrary, refers to +/- 20%, typically +/- 10%, typically +/- 5%, of the designated value.
As used herein, the terms “a”, “an” and “the” include both singular and plural aspects, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
It is to be appreciated that certain features that are, for clarity, described herein in the context of separate embodiments, may also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features that are, for brevity, described in the context of a single embodiment, may also be provided separately or in any sub-combination.
Throughout the present specification, various aspects and components of the application can be presented in a range format. The range format is included for convenience and should not be interpreted as an inflexible limitation on the scope of the application.
Accordingly, the description of a range should be considered to have specifically disclosed all the possible sub-ranges as well as individual numerical values within that range, unless specifically indicated. For example, description of a range such as from 1 to 5 should be considered to have specifically disclosed sub-ranges such as from 1 to 3, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 5, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 5, from 3 to 5 etc., as well as individual and partial numbers within the recited range, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5.5 and 6, unless where integers are required or implicit from context. This applies regardless of the breadth of the disclosed range. Where specific values are required, these will be indicated in the specification.
Throughout this specification the word “comprise”, or variations such as “comprises” or “comprising”, will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated element, integer or step, or group of elements, integers or steps, but not the exclusion of any other element, integer or step, or group of elements, integers or steps.
It will be clearly understood that, although a number of prior art publications are referred to herein, this reference does not constitute an admission that any of these documents forms part of the common general knowledge in the art, in Australia or in any other country.
Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this application belongs. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present application, suitable methods and materials are described below. In case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, will prevail. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not intended to be limiting.
As used herein, the term “treating” (or “treat”, “treatment” etc.) includes an improvement in cognitive functioning and/or reduction, alleviation and/or elimination of one or more symptoms associated with a specific disorder or condition. Such symptoms may be correlated with cognitive decline or impairment in subjects suffering from neurodegenerative diseases such as AD. For example, as used herein, the phrase “treating cognitive impairment” includes improving, reducing, alleviating and/or eliminating symptoms associated with cognitive impairment, relative to the symptoms prior to treatment and/or with respect to subjects determined less likely to respond to treatment. Similarly, “respond to treatment” will include any improvement, reduction, alleviation, or elimination of one or more symptoms associated with the specific disorder or condition, that is provided in the subject following the treatment. It also may include a slowing of the rate of worsening or progression of the symptoms and/or disorder. In the context of neurodegenerative disease, such symptoms (and likewise, any improvement, reduction, alleviation, or elimination thereof) include those relating to cognition and/or function, and may be acute, subacute, or chronic. In some cases,
the response may be experienced by the subject for a particular period of time, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 weeks or more. In some cases, the response may be experienced by the subject for 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 months or more. In some cases, the response may be experienced by the subject for 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 years or more. Over the period in which the subject responds to treatment, the extent of the response may remain stable, decrease, or increase, for example, improvement to the subject’s cognition and/or functioning may increase as the treatment continues.
As used herein, the term “preventing” (or “prevention”) includes prophylaxis of the specific disorder or condition. For example, as used herein, the phrase “preventing cognitive impairment” refers to preventing the onset or duration of the symptoms associated with cognitive impairment in subjects. In some embodiments, the phrase “preventing cognitive impairment” refers to slowing or halting the progression of cognitive impairment. In some embodiments, the phrase “preventing cognitive impairment” refers to delaying or preventing the onset of the symptoms of the cognitive impairment. Prevention may be absolute (such that no cognitive impairment occurs), or may be effective only in some individuals, to some extent, or for a limited amount of time.
As used herein, the term “subject” may be used interchangeably with the terms “patient” and “individual”. In some embodiments, the subject is a mammal. In some embodiments, the subject is a human.
As used herein, the term “halogen” means fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
As used herein, the term “alkyl” encompasses both straight-chain (i.e., linear) and branched-chain hydrocarbon groups. Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, t-butyl, i-butyl, sec -butyl, pentyl, and hexyl groups. In one example, the alkyl group is of one to six carbon atoms (i.e. C1-6alkyl).
As used herein, the term “alkoxy” refers to the group -O-alkyl, where “alkyl” is as described above. Examples of alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, and butoxy groups. In one example, the alkoxy group is of one to six carbon atoms (i.e. -O- C1-6alkyl).
As used herein, the term “alkenyl” refers to both straight and branched chain unsaturated hydrocarbon groups with at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Examples of alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, and hexenyl groups. In one example, the alkenyl group is of two to six carbon atoms (i.e. C2-6alkenyl).
As used herein, the term “alkynyl” refers to both straight and branched chain unsaturated hydrocarbon groups with at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. Examples of alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, and
hexynyl groups. In one example, the alkynyl group is of two to six carbon atoms (i.e. C2- 6alkynyl).
As used herein, the term “haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl group having at least one halogen substituent, where “alkyl” and “halogen” are as described above. Similarly, the term “dihaloalkyl” means an alkyl group having two halogen substituents, and the term “trihaloalkyl” means an alkyl group having three halogen substituents. Examples of haloalkyl groups include fluoromethyl, chloromethyl, bromomethyl, iodomethyl, fluoropropyl, and fluorobutyl groups. Examples of dihaloalkyl groups include difluoromethyl and difluoroethyl groups. Examples of trihaloalkyl groups include trifluoromethyl and trifluoroethyl groups. In one example, the haloalkyl group is of one to six carbon atoms (i.e. C1-6haloalkyl).
As used herein, the term “oxyhaloalkyl” refers to the group -O-haloalkyl, where “haloalkyl” is as described above Examples of -O-haloalkoxy groups include -O-fluoromethyl, -O-chloromethyl, -O-bromomethyl, -O-iodomethyl, -O-fluoropropyl, and -Ofluorobutyl groups. In one example, the oxyhaloalkyl group is of one to six carbon atoms (i.e. -O-C1- 6haloalkyl).
As used herein, the term “carbocyclyl” refers to an aromatic or non-aromatic cyclic group of carbon atoms. A carbocyclyl group may, for example, be monocyclic or polycyclic (i.e. bicyclic, tricyclic). A polycyclic carbocyclyl group may contain fused rings. In one example, the carbocyclyl group is of three to ten carbon atoms (i.e. C3-10carbocyclyl). In one example, the carbocyclyl group is of three to seven carbon atoms (i.e. C3-7carbocyclyl). Examples of monocyclic non-aromatic carbocyclyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl groups. Aromatic carbocyclyl groups include phenyl and napthalenyl.
As used herein, the term “heterocyclyl” refers to an aromatic or non-aromatic cyclic group which is analogous to a carbocyclic group, but in which from one to three of the carbon atoms is/are replaced by one or more heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. A heterocyclyl group may, for example, be monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g. bicyclic). A polycyclic heterocyclyl may for example contain fused rings. In a bicyclic heterocyclyl group there may be one or more heteroatoms in each ring, or heteroatoms only in one of the rings. A heteroatom may be N, O, or S. Heterocyclyl groups containing a suitable nitrogen atom include the corresponding N-oxides. In one example, the heterocyclyl group is of three to ten atoms (i.e. 3- 10-membered heterocyclyl) . In one example, the heterocyclyl group is of three to seven atoms (i.e. 3-7-membered heterocyclyl). Examples of monocyclic non- aromatic heterocyclyl groups include aziridinyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl and azepanyl. Examples of bicyclic heterocyclyl groups in which one of the
rings is non-aromatic include dihydrobenzofuranyl, indanyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, and benzoazepanyl. Examples of monocyclic aromatic heterocyclyl groups (also referred to as monocyclic heteroaryl groups) include furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, triazolyl, triazinyl, pyridazyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, and pyrimidinyl. Examples of bicyclic aromatic heterocyclyl groups (also referred to as bicyclic heteroaryl groups) include quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, pyridopyrazinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiophenyl, benzimidazolyl, naphthyridinyl, quinolinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, benzothiazolyl, oxazolyl[4,5-b]pyridyl, pyridopyrimidinyl, isoquinolinyl, and benzohydroxazole.
Subject Selection and Treatment
The subject matter of the present disclosure is predicated in part on the surprising discovery that Tau protein can be used to select subjects more likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor. Treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor can include improving cognitive functioning or impairment in subjects, for example healthy subjects or subjects suffering from neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease (AD). Treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor may also delay or halt progression of cognitive impairment in subjects, for example subjects suffering from neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease (AD).
In one aspect, there is provided a method of determining whether a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering, from a neurodegenerative disease is likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, the method comprising:
(a) obtaining data on a baseline level of a tau protein in the human subject; and
(b) determining whether the human subject is likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor based on the baseline level of the tau protein, wherein the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with the neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor.
In some embodiments, the neurodegenerative disease is selected from the group consisting of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington’s disease, multiple system atrophy, and prion diseases. In one example, the neurodegenerative disease is Alzheimer’s Disease (AD). In one example, the neurodegenerative disease is mild or moderate Alzheimer’s Disease (AD). In one example, the neurodegenerative disease is mild Alzheimer’s Disease (AD). In one example, the neurodegenerative disease is moderate Alzheimer’s Disease (AD). In some embodiments, the human subject does not have, or is not suspected of having, mild cognitive impairment.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tan protein, being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tan protein associated with the neurodegenerative disease is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of cognitive functioning in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, an improvement of cognitive impairment in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, and/or a prophylactic treatment for preventing cognitive decline in a subject predisposed to a disorder or disease associated with cognitive decline.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with the neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide a delay in progression of impairment, halt in progression of impairment, and/or improvement in cognitive ability and/or function, of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject assessed according to one or more testing criteria methods selected from Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests, CDR-SB, MMSE, ADAS-Cog, CogState Cognition Test Battery, CANTAB test battery, and Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living. In some examples, the cognitive impairment and/or improvement in a subject may be determined using Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing Battery criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests. In some examples, the cognitive impairment and/or improvement in a subject may be determined using CDR-SB. In some examples, the improvement is by showing a change in baseline in Executive Function and/or Episodic Memory.
In some embodiments, the human subject has an Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE) score of less than 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10. In another embodiment, the neurodegenerative disease is Alzheimer’s disease, and the human subject has an MMSE score of less than 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10.
In some embodiments, wherein the human subject is suffering, or suspected of suffering, from a neurological disease characterised by a Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE) score of less than 20, and the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSD1 inhibitor is likely to delay in progression of impairment, halt in progression of impairment, and/or improvement in cognitive ability, of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject assessed according to one or more testing criteria methods selected from Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests, CDR-SB, MMSE, ADAS-
Cog, CogState Cognition Test Battery, CANTAB test battery, and Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living.
In some embodiments, the method further comprises treating the human subject with an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor if it is determined that the human subject is likely to respond to treatment thereto, or if it is determined that there is an increased probability of responsiveness to treatment. In some embodiments, the method further comprises treating the human subject with an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor if it is determined that the human subject is likely to respond to treatment thereto.
In one aspect, there is provided a method of identifying or selecting a subject for receiving treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment, the method comprising determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided a method of determining an increased probability of responsiveness to a treatment of a subject with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, the method comprising determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the increased probability of responsiveness is determined where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided a method of treating a subject with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, the method comprising administering an 11β-HSDl inhibitor to the subject, wherein the subject has previously been identified or selected for receiving treatment with an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment by determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided a method of treating a neurodegenerative disease in a subject, the method comprising administering an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor to the subject, wherein the subject has been determined as being likely to respond treatment with an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor based on a level of a tau protein in the subject.
In some embodiments, the subject has been determined as being likely to respond treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor by performing the method of as disclosed herein.
Wherein the subject has been determined as being likely to respond treatment with an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor by performing the method of any one of the methods as disclosed herein.
In an embodiment, the method comprises identifying and selecting a subject for receiving treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment based on determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, and administering the 11β-HSDl inhibitor to the subject.
In another embodiment, the treatment of the 11β-HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of cognitive functioning in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, an improvement of cognitive impairment in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, and/or a prophylactic treatment for preventing cognitive decline in a subject predisposed to a disorder or disease associated with cognitive decline. In another embodiment, the treatment is for a neurodegenerative disease selected from the group consisting of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington’s disease, multiple system atrophy, and prion diseases.
In one example the treatment is for Alzheimer’s disease. In one example, the treatment is for moderate Alzheimer’s disease. In one example the treatment is for mild Alzheimer’s disease. In one example the treatment is for mild or moderate Alzheimer’s disease.
In another embodiment, the treatment of the 11β-HSDl inhibitor provides a delay in progression of impairment, halt in progression of impairment, and/or improvement in cognitive ability, of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject using one or more testing criteria methods selected from Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests, CDR-SB, MMSE, ADAS-Cog, CogState Cognition Test Battery, CANTAB test battery, and Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living.
In another embodiment, the subject has an MMSE score of less than 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10. In another embodiment, the treatment is for Alzheimer’s disease and the subject has an MMSE score of less than 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10.
In another aspect, there is provided a method of determining whether a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering, from a neurodegenerative disease is likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, the method comprising:
(a) obtaining data on a baseline level of cognitive function of the human subject as assessed by the Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE); and
(b) determining whether the human subject is likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor based on the baseline level of cognitive function, wherein the baseline level of cognitive function being equal to or greater than a reference level of cognitive function described by an MMSE score that is less 30, 29, 28, 27,
26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10 is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor.
In one embodiment, the reference level of cognitive function is described by an MMSE score that is less than 20.
In another aspect, there is provided a use of a tau protein or a tau protein for use in identifying or selecting a subject for responsiveness in receiving a treatment of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor by determination of the baseline level of the tau protein in the subject.
In another aspect, there is provided an 11β-HSDl inhibitor for use in treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
In another aspect, there is provided an 11β-HSDl inhibitor for use in increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
In another aspect, there is provided a use of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
In another aspect, there is provided use of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
In another aspect, there is provided use of a tau protein or a tau protein for use in identifying or selecting a subject for responsiveness in receiving a treatment of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor by determination of the baseline level of the tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided an 11β-HSDl inhibitor for use in treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided an 11β-HSDl inhibitor for use in increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the increased probability of responsiveness is determined where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided a use of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for treatment of a subject identified or selected for responsiveness in receiving the treatment by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the subject is identified or selected where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided a use of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor in the manufacture of a medicament for increasing the probability of responsiveness to a treatment in a subject by determination of the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, wherein the increased probability of responsiveness is determined where the baseline level of the tau protein is equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease.
In another aspect, there is provided software or hardware programmed to implement an algorithm that processes data related to tau protein levels obtained by performing the method of the disclosure via an univariable or multivariable analysis to provide a disease/condition index value and provide or permit a determination that a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering from, a neurodegenerative disease will respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor.
At least according to some embodiments as described herein, tau proteins have been found not to be modulated by the use of 11β-HSDl inhibitors, and therefore provide an independent predictor for improved responsiveness in treatment using 11β-HSDl inhibitors. 11β-HSDl inhibitors have also been found not to modulate amyloid beta protein, such as AB 42/40 ratios.
Tau Proteins
Tubulin associated unit (tau) proteins are a group of protein isoforms produced by alternative splicing from the gene MAPT (microtubule-associated protein tau). Tau proteins are more abundant in the neurons of the central nervous system (CNS), where the cerebral cortex has the highest abundance.
The person skilled in the art will appreciate that tau proteins undergo a variety of in vivo post-translational modifications, such as acetylation and/or phosphorylation. In some embodiments, the tau protein is total tau protein, which refers to all detectable tau protein species, including all tau protein isoforms and tau proteins with one or more post-translational modifications, for example (but not limited to) phosphorylation and/or acetylation. In some embodiments, the tau protein is an acetylated tau protein (acTau) or a phosphorylated tau protein (pTau). In one example, the tau protein is an aggregated tau protein. In one example, the tau protein is a non-phosphorylated tau protein. In another embodiment, the tau protein is
a phosphorylated tau (pTau) protein. For example, the tau protein may be a phosphorylated tau (pTau) protein having any one or more phosphorylated threonines at position 181, 50, 69, 111, 153, 175, 205, 212, 217, 231 of the tau protein and/or one or more phosphorylated serines at position 46, 199, 202, 235, 262, 293, 324, 356, 396, 404. In one example, the tau protein may be a phosphorylated tau (pTau) having one or more phosphorylated threonines at position 181, 50, 69, 111, 153, 175, 205, 212, 217, and/or 231 of the tau protein. In one example, the tau protein may be a phosphoraylated Tau (pTau) protein having one or more phosphorylated serines at position 46, 199, 202, 235, 262, 293, 324, 356, 396, and/or 404. In one example, the tau protein is pTau-181, pTau-217, pTau-231, pTau-205 or MTBR-243. In one example, the tau protein is pTau-181, pTau-217 or pTau-231. In one example, the tau protein is pTau-181 or pTau-217. In one example, the tau protein is pTau-217. In one example, the tau protein is pTau-181. Accordingly, the present disclosure also provides for a method of determining whether a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering, from a neurodegenerative disease is likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, the method comprising:
(a) obtaining data on a baseline level of pTau-181 in the human subject; and
(b) determining whether the human subject is likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor based on the baseline level of pTau-181, wherein the baseline level of pTau-181, being equal to or greater than a reference level of pTau-181 associated with a neurodegenerative disease is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor.
The baseline level of the tau protein may be determined by various methods known in the field, for example imaging or sample analysis. As used herein “baseline level of a/the tau protein”, will be understood to refer to a level of a/the tau protein that is ultimately derived or determined from a sample, scan, image, test, and the like, which is derived or obtained from the human subject, prior to step (b) of the method according to any aspect or embodiment described herein. Thus, in some embodiments, the baseline level of a tau protein in the human is a level of the tau protein: (i) in a biological sample obtained from the human subject, or (ii) derived from a measured value obtained from an image obtained from a tau-positron emission tomography (PET) scan of a brain region of the human subject. In some embodiments, the baseline level of a tau protein in the human subject is a level of the tau protein in a biological sample obtained from the human subject. In some embodiments, the baseline level of a tau protein in the human subject is a level of the tau protein derived from a measured value obtained from an image obtained from a tau-positron emission tomography (PET) scan of a brain region of the human subject.
In some embodiments, the method further comprises determining the level of the tau protein: (i) in the biological sample obtained from the human subject; or (ii) from the brain
image of the human subject. In some embodiments, the method further comprises determining the level of the tau protein in the biological sample obtained from the human subject. In some embodiments, the method further comprises determining the level of the tau protein from the image obtained from a tau-positron emission tomography (PET) scan of a brain region of the human subject. In some embodiments, the method further comprises performing a tau-positron emission tomography (PET) scan of the human subject to obtain an image of the human subject or brain region thereof.
Biological Samples
In some embodiments, the sample is a biological sample. In some embodiments, the biological sample is obtained from the human subject. The sample or biological sample may be a body fluid, for example blood, blood plasma, or cerebrospinal fluid. Thus, in some embodiments, the biological sample is whole blood, blood serum, blood plasma, or cerebrospinal fluid. In some embodiments, the biological sample is blood. In some embodiments, the biological sample is blood plasma. In some embodiments, the biological sample is cerebrospinal fluid. In some embodiments, the biological sample is blood or plasma, and the tau protein is pTau-181 or pTau-217. In some embodiments, the biological sample is blood plasma, and the tau protein is pTau-181. The person skilled in the art will appreciate that there are various methods known in the art for the quantification of tau protein, including particular tau proteins, in a biological sample. Examples of such methods include, but are not limited to, ELISA using or combined with an antigen-antibody reaction and liquid chromatography (for example, HPLC). In one embodiment, the tau protein is measured by ELISA. Assay kits for determining the amount of tau protein (including for pTau-181) in a sample including a biological sample are readily available, see for example, Simoa® pTau-181 V2 Advantage kit 2020 as published from Quanterix. which is herein incorporated by reference thereto. Further examples of assays suitable for the present application include those described in Janelidze et al., Brain (2023) 146(4): 1592-1601, the contents of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
In some embodiments, the method further comprises performing one or more assays on the biological sample obtained from the human subject to determine the level of the tau protein therein.
In some embodiments, determining the level of the tau protein in the biological sample comprises:
(i) contacting the biological sample obtained from the subject with one or more binding proteins capable of binding to the tau protein; and
(ii) determining the level of the tau protein by quantifying the level of binding protein complexed with or bound to the tau protein.
In some embodiments, the binding protein is an antibody or a fragment thereof.
It will be understood that the method of the present application involves a comparison of the baseline level of the tau protein to a reference level of the tau protein. It will be understood that the reference level is a minimum level of the tau protein carrying an association with and/or is indicative of a neurodegenerative disease. In some embodiments, the reference level is a minimum level of the tau protein carrying an association with and/or is indicative of a neurodegenerative disease. In some embodiments, the reference level is a minimum level of the tau protein carrying an associated with and/or is indicative of clinical Alzheimer’s disease (AD).
The person skilled in the art will appreciate, that a level of a tau protein may be quantified differently depending on the sample from which it is derived. For example, a level of a tau protein in a biological sample (for example, blood plasma) may be quantified in terms of concentration (for example, pg/mL).
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/mL) being equal to or greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor. In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than 6 pg/mL (for example 6.74 pg/mL) is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor. In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than 10 pg/mL (for example, 10.2 pg/mL) is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor.
The baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/ml) may be at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15. In one embodiment, the baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/ml) may be at least 6. In another embodiment, the baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/ml) may be at least 10.
PET Imaging
The imaging may be tau positron emission tomography (tau-PET) imaging. Tau-PET imaging has been described in various reviews, for example in Lowe et al., ‘Tau-positron emission tomography correlates with neuropathology findings’, Alzheimer ’s & Dementia (2020) 16(3): pp561-571. A person skilled in the art will appreciate that a variety of tau- specific ligands and/or tracers exist for tau PET, for example those described in Leuzy et al., Molecular Psychiatry (2019) 24: 1112-1134. Tau PET may be conducted by injection of suitable tau-PET tracers, such as 18F-labeled arylquinoline derivatives and 11C-labeled phenyl/pyridinyl-butadienyl-benzothiazoles/benzothiazoliums, 5H-pyrio[4,3-b] indole. Further suitable tau-PET tracers include [18F]flortaucipir, [18F]RO948 (RO6958948), [11C]PBB3, [18F]MK-6240, [18F]Pl-2620, [18F]GTP1, [18F]JNJ311 (JNJ64349311),
[18F] JNJ067 (INJ64326067), [18F]APN-1607 (PM-PBB3) and combinations thereof, (see, Bao et al., Aging Neurosci. 2021, 13:624330). PET images are obtained using commercially available PET/computer tomography scanners such as Biograph mCT (Siemens), Biograph 6 Truepoint (Siemens), Discovery 690 (GE Healthcare). Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is conducted by MRI images are obtained using commercially available scanners such as 3.0-T Discovery MR750 (GE Healthcare), 3.0- T Tim Trio (Siemens), 3.0-T Prisma (Siemens), and 1.5-T Magnetom® Avanto (Siemens).
It will be appreciated by persons skilled in the art that the baseline level of the tau protein may be derived or inferred from a measured value that is obtained from an image obtained from a tau PET scan. In some embodiments, the tau PET scan is of the brain (or region thereof) of the human subject. There is no particular limitation on the method of derivation or inference of the baseline level of the tau protein from the measured value obtained from the image obtained from the tau PET scan, nor is there any particular limitation on the measured value obtained from the image obtained from the tau PET scan. The measured value obtained from image may refer to a measured value obtained from a particular region of the image (and therefore, region of the brain). In one embodiment, the measured value of the image is the volume of the brain region whose structure is considered to change as a neurodegenerative disease (for example, AD) progresses or the area of a region that reflects the change in the accumulated amount of a particular substance (for example, tau protein). Examples of the volume of the brain region are the volume of a particular structure (for example, the medial temporal region and the entorhinal cortex) or the volume of the whole brain obtained from the image. Any region of the brain is suitable for tau-PET analysis. Particularly suitable brain regions include the central region, frontal lobe, temporal lobe, parietal lobe, occipital lobe, limbic lobe, insula, and sub cortical gray nuclei. In some embodiments, the image of the whole brain region (global tau-PET) is used to derive the baseline level of the tau protein. In some embodiments, the image is of the inferior temporal brain region, middle brain region, superior temporal brain region, lateral parietal brain region, bilateral entorhinal cortex brain region, fusiform brain region, parahippocampal brain region, inferior brain region, or inferior temporal brain region. Tau-PET images are processed to obtain uniform image size and voxel dimensions. Examples of the method for calculating the measurement (i.e., baseline level of the the tau protein) from an image include use of a software for automated volumetry (for example, FreeSurfer (http://surfer.nmr.mgh.harvard.edu)) and a software for the measured value of cerebral atrophy (for example, Voxel-based Specific Regional analysis system for Alzheimer's Disease: VSRAD (R)).
A baseline level of the tau protein may be derived from a measured value obtained from an image obtained from a tau PET scan, for example in terms of a standard uptake value ratio (SUVR), which is the ratio of the image-derived radioactivity concentration and the whole
body concentration of the injected radioactivity. SUVR images are produced using cerebellar gray matter and white matter as the reference regions. To determine low tau, intermediate tau, and high tau, white matter is particularly suitable for use as the reference region. SUVR is calculated using automated anatomical labeling atlas (AAL) or data driven volumes if interest for brain regions.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein (in SUVR) being equal to or greater than about 1.00, 1.05, 1.10, 1.15, 1.20, 1.25, 1.30, 1.35, 1.40, 1.45, 1.50, 1.55, 1.60, 1.70, 1.80, 1.90 or 2.00 is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor. In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein (in SUVR) being between about 1.00 to about 1.60, about 1.05 to about 1.45, about 1.10 to about 1.45, or about 1.35 and about 1.45, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor.
While a level of tau protein may be in relation to the entire brain region (global tau- PET), the person skilled in the art will appreciate that a level of the tau protein that is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, may vary depending on the region of the brain that is analysed. For example, in one embodiment, the baseline level of the tau protein (in SUVR) in relation to the inferior temporal brain region ranging from about 1.05 to 1.45 is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (viz. the reference level of the tau protein is a range from about 1.05 to about 1.45). In another embodiment, the baseline level of the tau protein (in SUVR) in relation to the inferior temporal brain region being about 1.45 is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (viz. the reference level of the tau protein is about 1.45). Similarly, when the brain region is the lateral temporal brain region, the reference level of the tau protein (in SUVR) may range from about 1.35 to about 1.45. When the brain region is the middle and superior temporal brain region, the reference level of the tau protein (in SUVR) may range from about 1.35 to about 1.45. When the brain region is the lateral parietal brain region, the reference level of the tau protein (in SUVR) may range from about 1.10 to about 1.45. When the brain region is the bilateral entorhinal cortex, the reference level of the tau protein (in SUVR) may range from about 1.05 to about 1.45. When the brain region is the fusiform, the reference level of the tau protein (in SUVR) may range from about 1.05 to about 1.45. When the brain region is the parahippocampal, the reference level of the tau protein (in SUVR) may range from about 1.05 to about 1.45. In some circumstances, it may be possible to correlate tau imaging data to a blood plasma tau level.
The method can comprise selecting a subject as being suitable for receiving treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor to increase the probability of responsiveness to the treatment by determining the baseline level of a tau protein in a sample obtained from the subject. In one
example, if a baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/ml) is at least 6, then the subject is selected for the treatment.
Cognitive Testing
The present disclosure is predicated in part on the surprising discovery that tau protein can be used to select subjects more likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor. Treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor can include improving cognitive functioning impaired in subjects suffering from neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease (AD).
As used herein, the term “cognitive function” or “cognitive functioning” will be understood to encompass both cognitive ability (or cognition) and function, which in the context of neurodegenerative diseases, are terms that will be understood by the person skilled in the art.
The cognitive impairment and/or improvement in a subject may be determined using the Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) scale, for example WAIS-IV released in 2008. WAIS-IV is composed of 10 core subtests and five supplemental subtests, with the 10 core subtests comprising the Full Scale IQ. With the new WAIS-IV, the verbal/performance subscales from previous versions were removed and replaced by the index scores. The General Ability Index (GAI) was included, which consists of the Similarities, Vocabulary and Information subtests from the Verbal Comprehension Index and the Block Design, Matrix Reasoning and Visual Puzzles subtests from the Perceptual Reasoning Index. The GAI is clinically useful because it can be used as a measure of cognitive abilities that are less vulnerable to impairment. Wechsler, David (1939) entitled “The measurement of adult intelligence. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins. P. 229. “Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale- Revised”. http;//www.cps.nova.edu/~cpphelp/WAIS-R.html . There are four index scores representing major components of intelligence:
( 1 ) V erbal Comprehension Index (V CI) ;
(2) Perceptual Reasoning Index (PRI);
(3) Working Memory Index (WMI); and
(4) Processing Speed Index (PSI).
In some examples, the subject has at least 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, or 5, SD impairment on WAIS Coding Test relative to age, education and gender.
In other examples, the cognitive impairment and/or improvement in a subject may be determined using Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing Battery criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests. In some
examples, the improvement is by showing a change in baseline in Executive Function and/or Episodic Memory.
In one example, the cognitive impairment and/or improvement in a subject may be determined using Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing Battery criteria.
As used herein, “cognitive impairment” refers to the deterioration, or loss, of cognitive ability and/or function relative to the subject. Such deterioration, or loss, of cognitive ability, may be evident in an otherwise cognitively healthy subject.
Other medical conditions that may be associated with cognitive impairment or decline include medical conditions that primarily affect, or are highly associated with, the central nervous system (CNS). In some embodiments, the subject is suffering from a medical condition that is associated with the central nervous system (CNS), for example Alzheimer’s disease (AD).
In some embodiments, the subject has a disorder associated with a substantially elevated level of cortisol, such as dementia. Dementias include, but are not limited to Alzheimer’s disease, multi-infarct dementia, dementia with Lewy bodies, fronto-temporal dementia (including Pick’s disease), progressive supranuclear palsy, Korsakoff’s syndrome, Biswanger’s disease, HIV-associated dementia, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease (CJD), multiple sclerosis, motor neurone disease, Parkinson’s disease, Huntington’s disease, Niemann-Pick disease type C, normal pressure hydrocephalus, and Down’s syndrome.
Age and gender of subjects
It is understood that cognitive decline varies amongst different subjects. In some embodiments, the age (in years) of the subject is at least about 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, or 100. In some embodiments, the age of the subject (in years) is less than about 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, or 10. The age of the subject may be in a range between any two of these upper and/or lower values, for example between 15 to 70 years of age.
Enhancement of cognitive ability
It will also be understood that the method disclosed herein may be beneficial in treating or preventing cognitive impairment in a subject. As used herein, “treating” refers to an increase in cognitive ability compared to a subject’s previous ability (i.e., before being administered an 11β-HSDl inhibitor). The enhancement of cognitive ability may be experienced in relation to one or more facets of cognition including, for example, psychomotor function, visual attention, learning and memory, working memory, and visual associate memory. Such cognitive abilities may be measured using various techniques known in the field, such as those described below (e.g. Cogstate Battery Tests). In some embodiments, a subject experiences enhanced psychomotor function. In some embodiments, a subject experiences enhanced visual attention.
In some embodiments, a subject experiences enhanced learning and memory. In some embodiments, a subject experiences enhanced working memory. In some embodiments, a subject experiences enhanced visual associate memory.
Methods of assessing cognitive ability and/or function
There are several tests through which the cognitive ability and/or function of a subject may be assessed. Accordingly, based on the results of these tests, it is possible to assess a subject’s cognitive functioning including improvement thereof. The person skilled in the art will appreciate that there exists a variety of tests that can be employed to accurately assess the cognitive state of a subject. Such tests include, but are not limited to, Cogstate Battery Tests, Cambridge Neuropsychological Test Automated Battery (CANTAB), Intelligence Quotient (IQ) Test, Kohs Block Design Test, Miller Analogies Test, Otis-Lennon School Ability Test (OLSAT), Raven’s Progressive Matrices, Stanford-Binet Intelligence Scales, Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children (WISC), Wonderlic Test, Porteus Maze Test, Pimsleur Language Aptitude Battery, Knox Cubes, Draw-a-Person Test, Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE), the Alzheimer’s Disease Assessment Scale - Cognitive Subscale (ADAS-Cog, ADCOMs, Rey Auditory Visual Learning Test (RAVLT), NTB and NPI), Clinical Dementia Scale sum of Boxes (CDR-SB), and CDR Computerized Assessment System. Cogstate Battery Tests include, for example, Detection test, Identification test, One Card Learning test, One Back Working Memory test, and the Continuous Paired Associate Learning test. Each test is designed to assess various parameters that may be attributed to the cognitive ability of a subject. Accordingly, in some embodiments the administration of an 11β-HSDI inhibitor provides improved cognitive testing (Cogstate Test Battery) of the treated subject relative to a nontreated subject. An improvement in cognitive testing, as determined by the Cogstate Test Battery results, may also be considered from a summation of each individual test results (e.g., Detection test, Identification test, One Card Learning test, One Back Working Memory test, and the Continuous Paired Associate Learning test).
In some examples, any one or more cognitive tests measuring reaction time improvement may provide an improvement of at least about (loglO, milliseconds) 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.10, 0.11, 0.12, 0.13, 0.14, 0.15, 0.16, 0.17, 0.18, 0.19, or 0.20. In some examples, any one or more cognitive tests may provide a “p value” probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, 0.09, 0.08, 0.07, 0.06, 0.05, 0.04, 0.03, 0.02, 0.01, 0.009, 0.008, 0.007, 0.006, 0.005, 0.004, 0.003, 0.002, or 0.001. In some examples, the cognitive testing may provide a Cohen’s “d-value” standardised difference between two means (i.e. treated and untreated subject) of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, or 0.8. In some examples, the cognitive testing may provide a “p-value” and “d-value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof as described herein.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tan protein, being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tan protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of psychomotor function of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. In some embodiments, where the method further comprises treatment, the administration of the 1 lp- HSD1 inhibitor provides an improvement of psychomotor function of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of psychomotor function of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. Psychomotor function is evidenced by an improvement in simple reaction time, and is measured in speed of performance (Logic milliseconds). As will be appreciated by the person skilled in the art, psychomotor function is critical in a subject’s ability to execute both gross and fine motor skills. Accordingly, psychomotor function is an essential component of physical skills including, for example, movement, coordination, manipulation, dexterity, grace, strength, and speed. It is therefore foreseeable that the method described herein may find particular application in improving psychomotor function in a cognitively healthy subject. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of psychomotor function in a cognitively healthy subject. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement in physical skill of a cognitively healthy subject. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of gross motor skills in a cognitively healthy subject. In some embodiments, the administration of an 1 lp- HSD1 inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of fine motor skills in a cognitively healthy subject.
The methods described herein may also find particular application in assisting a subject in regaining psychomotor function. A loss of psychomotor function may result for any number of reasons including, but not limited to, accident and/or injury, a stroke, or other medical condition. Such a loss of psychomotor skills may affect any one or more areas of the subject’s body including, but not limited to, the limbs. Accordingly, the administration of an 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor may assist to restore psychomotor function The term “restore psychomotor function” is used herein to mean a return, to some extent, of previous motor function.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of psychomotor function speed of performance. In some embodiments, where the method further comprises treatment, the administration of the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor provides an improvement of psychomotor function speed of performance. In some embodiments, the administration of
an 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of psychomotor function speed of performance. The psychomotor function speed improvement may be measured between the treated subjects relative to non-treated subjects. In some examples, a psychomotor function speed improvement may be provided by a log 10 reaction time (milliseconds) of less than about 2.60. 2.59, 2.58, 2.57, 2.56, 2.55, 2.54, 2.53, 2.52, 2.51, or 2.50. In some examples, a psychomotor function speed improvement may be at least about (log10, milliseconds) 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.10, 0.11, 0.12, 0.13, 0.14, 0.15, 0.16, 0.17, 0.18, 0.19, or 0.20. In some examples, the psychomotor function testing has a p value probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, or 0.09. In some examples, the psychomotor function testing may provide a Cohen’ s d-value standardised difference between two means (i.e. treated and untreated subject) of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, or 0.7. In some examples, the psychomotor function testing may provide a “p-value” and “d-value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof, such as a p-value less than about 0.09 with a d-value effect size of greater than about 0.7.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of visual attention of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. In some embodiments, where the method further comprises treatment, the administration of the 11β-HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of visual attention of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of visual attention of the treated subject relative to a nontreated subject. Visual attention is evidenced by an improvement in choice retention time, and is measured in speed of performance (Logio milliseconds). In some embodiments, the improvement in visual attention is evidenced by an improvement in choice retention time. In some embodiments, the improvement in visual attention is assessed by the Cogstate Identification Test. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of visual attention speed of performance of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. The visual attention speed improvement may be measured between the treated subjects relative to non-treated subjects. In some examples, a visual attention speed improvement may be provided by a log 10 reaction time (milliseconds) of less than about 2.80, 2.79, 2.78, 2.77, 2.76, 2.75, 2.74, 2.73, 2.72, 2.71, or 2.70. In some examples, a visual attention speed improvement may be at least about (loglO, milliseconds) 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.10, 0.11, 0.12, 0.13, 0.14, 0.15, 0.16, 0.17, 0.18, 0.19, or 0.20. In some examples, the visual attention testing has a p value probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, or 0.09, 0.08, 0.07, 0.06, or 0.05. In some examples, the visual attention may provide a Cohen’s d-value standardised
difference between two means (i.e. treated and untreated subject) of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, or 0.6. In some examples, the visual attention testing may provide a “p-value” and “d- value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof, such as a p-value less than about 0.05 with a d-value effect size of greater than about 0.6.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of learning and memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. In some embodiments, where the method further comprises treatment, the administration of the 1 lp- HSD1 inhibitor provides an improvement of learning and memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of learning and memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. Learning and memory is evidenced by an improvement in visual recognition learning, and is measured in accuracy of performance (arcsine proportion correct). In some embodiments, the improvement in learning and memory is evidenced by an improvement in visual recognition learning. In some embodiments, the improvement in learning and memory is assessed by the Cogstate One Card Learning Test. In some embodiments, the administration of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of learning and memory accuracy of proportion (i.e., arcsine proportion correct) of at least about X% of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. The learning and memory accuracy improvement may be measured between the treated subjects relative to non-treated subjects. In some examples, a learning and memory accuracy testing may be provided by an arcsine accuracy of at least about 1.0, 1.01, 1.02, 1.03, 1.04, 1.05, 1.06, 1.07, 1.08, 1.09. or 1.10. In some examples, the learning and memory accuracy testing has a p value probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.9. In some examples, the visual attention may provide a Cohen’s d-value standardised difference between two means (i.e. treated and untreated subject) of at least about 0.1, 0.15, or 0.19. In some examples, the visual attention testing may provide a “p-value” and “d-value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof, such as a p-value less than about 0.9 with a d-value effect size of greater than about 0.15.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of working memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. In some embodiments, where the method further comprises treatment, the administration of the 11β-HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of working memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated
subject. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of working memory of the treated subject relative to a non- treated subject. In some embodiments, the improvement in working memory is assessed by the Cogstate One Back Working Memory Test, and is measured in number of errors. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of working memory number of errors of at least about X% of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. The working memory improvement may be measured between the treated subjects relative to non-treated subjects. In some examples, a working memory test may be provided by a loglO reaction time of less than about 2.90, 2.89, 2.88, 2.87, 2.86, 2.85, 2.84, 2.83, 2.82, 2.81, or 2.80. In some examples, a working memory test improvement may be at least about (loglO, milliseconds) 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05, 0.06, 0.07, 0.08, 0.09, 0.10, 0.11, 0.12, 0.13, 0.14, 0.15, 0.16, 0.17, 0.18, 0.19, or 0.20. In some examples, the working memory testing has a p value probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, or 0.09, 0.08, 0.07, 0.06, 0.05, 0.04, 0.03, 0.02, or 0.01. In some examples, the working memory testing may provide a Cohen’s d-value standardised difference between two means (i.e. treated and untreated subject) of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, or 0.8. In some examples, the visual attention testing may provide a “p-value” and “d-value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof, such as a p-value less than about 0.01 with a d-value effect size of greater than about 0.8.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSD1 inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of visual associate memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. In some embodiments, where the method further comprises treatment, the administration of the 11β- HSD1 inhibitor provides an improvement of visual associate memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of visual associate memory of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. In some embodiments, visual associate memory is assessed by the Cogstate Continuous Paired Associate Learning Test, and is measured in number of errors. The visual associate memory improvement may be measured between the treated subjects relative to non-treated subjects. In some examples, a visual associate memory testing may be provided by an error score out of 30 of less than 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10. In some examples, a visual associate memory testing may be provided by an improvement in error score of at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30. In some examples, the visual associate memory testing has a p value probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.5. In some examples, the visual associate memory testing may provide a Cohen’s d-value standardised difference between two means (i.e. treated and
untreated subject) of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, or 0.4. In some examples, the visual associate memory testing may provide a “p-value” and “d-value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof, such as a p-value less than about 0.5 with a d-value effect size of greater than about 0.4.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of cognitive function as assessed by the MMSE Test. In some embodiments, where the method further comprises treatment, the administration of the 11β-HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of cognitive function as assessed by the MMSE Test.
In some embodiments, the administration of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of cognitive function as assessed by the MMSE Test. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement in MMSE test score of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject. In some examples, an MMSE test score is less than about 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10. In some examples, an MMSE test score is in a range provided by any two of the previously described values. In some examples, an MMSE test score improvement is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0. In some examples, the MMSE testing has a p value probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, or 0.09, 0.08, 0.07, 0.06, 0.05, 0.04, 0.03, 0.02, or 0.01. In some examples, the MMSE testing may provide a Cohen’s d-value standardised difference between two means (i.e. treated and untreated subject) of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, or 0.8. In some examples, the MMSE testing may provide a “p-value” and “d-value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof, such as a p-value less than about 0.1 with a d-value effect size of greater than about 0.6.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of cognitive function as assessed by the CDR-SB test. In some embodiments, where the method further comprises treatment, the administration of the 11β-HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of cognitive function as assessed by the CDR-SB test.
In some embodiments, the administration of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement of cognitive function as assessed by the CDR-SB test. In some embodiments, the administration of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide and/or provides an improvement in CDR-SB test score of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject.
In some examples, a CDR-SB test score is less than about 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, or 5. In some examples, a CDR-SB test score is in a range provided by any two of the previously described values. In some examples, a CDR-SB test score improvement is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, or 2.0. In some examples, a CDR-SB test score improvement is in a range between about 0.1 and about 2.0, about 0.1 and about 1.0, about 0.2 and about 1.0, about 0.3 and about 1.0, about 0.4 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 0.9, or about 0.6 and about 0.9. In some examples, a CDR-SB test score improvement is an improvement relative to the CDR-SB test score of the subject prior to the subject receiving treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor, wherein the improvement is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or 1, or in a range between about 0.1 and about 2.0, about 0.1 and about 1.0, about 0.2 and about 1.0, about 0.3 and about 1.0, about 0.4 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 0.9, or about 0.6 and about 0.9. Thus, in some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 1 1 p-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide a delay in progression of impairment, halt in progression of impairment, and/or improvement in cognitive ability and/or function, of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject assessed according to CDR-SB, wherein the CDR-SB test score improvement relative to a non-treated subject is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, or 2.0, or in a range between about 0.1 and 2.0, 0.1 and 1.0, 0.2 and 1.0, 0.3 and 1.0, 0.4 and 1.0, 0.5 and 1.0, 0.5 and 0.9, and 0.6 and 0.9.
In some examples, a CDR-SB test score improvement is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or 1, or in a range between about 0.1 and about 2.0, about 0.1 and about 1.0, about 0.2 and about 1.0, about 0.3 and about 1.0, about 0.4 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 0.9, or about 0.6 and about 0.9, and wherein the baseline level of the tau protein in the human subject is equal to or greater than 10.2 about pg/mL.
In some examples, a CDR-SB test score improvement is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or 1, or in a range between about 0.1 and about 2.0, about 0.1 and about 1.0, about 0.2 and about 1.0, about 0.3 and about 1.0, about 0.4 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 0.9, or about 0.6 and about 0.9, and wherein the baseline level of the tau protein in the human subject is equal to or greater than 6.74 about pg/mL.
In some examples, a CDR-SB test score improvement is an improvement relative to the CDR-SB test score of the subject prior to the subject receiving treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor, wherein the improvement at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or 1, or in a range between about 0.1 and about 2.0, about 0.1 and about 1.0, about 0.2 and about 1.0, about 0.3 and about 1.0, about 0.4 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 0.9, or about 0.6 and about 0.9, and wherein the baseline level of the tau protein in the
human subject is equal to or greater than 10.2 about pg/mL. In one example, the improvement is at least about 0.1. In one example, the improvement is at least about 0.3.
In some examples, a CDR-SB test score improvement is an improvement relative to the CDR-SB test score of the subject prior to the subject receiving treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor, wherein the improvement is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, or 1, or in a range between about 0.1 and about 2.0, about 0.1 and about 1.0, about 0.2 and about 1.0, about 0.3 and about 1.0, about 0.4 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 1.0, about 0.5 and about 0.9, or about 0.6 and about 0.9, and wherein the baseline level of the tau protein in the human subject is equal to or greater than 6.74 about pg/mL.
In some examples, the CDR-SB testing has a p value probability measurement from a treated subject group of less than about 0.5, 0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, or 0.09, 0.08, 0.07, 0.06, 0.05, 0.04, 0.03, 0.02, or 0.01. In some examples, the CDR-SB testing may provide a Cohen’s d- value standardised difference between two means (i.e. treated and untreated subject) of at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, or 0.8. In some examples, the CDR-SB testing may provide a “p-value” and “d-value” according to any combination of individual embodiments thereof, such as a p-value less than about 0.1 with a d-value effect size of greater than about 0.6. lip-HSDl Inhibitors
The present disclosure is predicated in part on the surprising discovery that plasma levels of phosphorylated tau protein can be used to select subjects more likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor. Treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor can include improving cognitive functioning impaired in subjects suffering from neurodegenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s disease (AD).
An 11β-HSDl inhibitor may be selected from one or more of the following: ABT384, AZD4017, ABT305, INCB-13739, BVT.3498, BVT 116429, bezafibrate; CRx-401 , diflunisal; BMS-823778; UE2343; and carbenoxolone. Various examples of 11β-HSDl inhibitors are described in WO2019/186171, which is incorporated by reference thereto.
An 11β-HSDl inhibitor may be selected from a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof.
Formula I;
wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR3, -SR3, - NR3R4, -COR3, -CO2R3, -CONR3R4, -NR3COR4, -SO2R3, -SO2NR3R4, and -NR3SO2R4.
In some embodiments, R1 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R1 is halogen. In some embodiments, R1 is chlorine. In some embodiments, R1 is fluorine. In some embodiments, R1 is bromine. In some embodiments, R1 is iodine. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is -O-C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is -O-C1-6haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is C2-6alkenyl. In some embodiments, R1 is C2-6alkynyl. In some embodiments, R1 is 3-10-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a 6-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a 5- membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R1 is 3-10-membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a 6-membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R1 is a 5-membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R1 is -CN. In some embodiments, R1 is -CF3. In some embodiments, R1 is -OR3. In some embodiments, R1 is -SR3. In some embodiments, R1 is - NR3R4. In some embodiments, R1 is -COR3. In some embodiments, R1 is -CO2R3. In some embodiments, R1 is -CONR3R4. In some embodiments, R1 is -NR3COR4. In some embodiments, R1 is -SO2R3. In some embodiments, R1 is -SO2NR3R4. In some embodiments, R1 is -NR3SO2R4.
In some embodiments, R2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R2 is halogen. In some embodiments, R2 is chlorine. In some embodiments, R2 is fluorine. In some embodiments, R2 is bromine. In some embodiments, R2 is iodine. In some embodiments, R2 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R2 is -O-C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R2 is C1-6haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R2 is -O-C1-6haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R2 is C2-6alkcnyl. In some embodiments, R2 is C2-6alkynyl. In some embodiments, R2 is 3-10-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a 6-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a 5- membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R2 is 3-10-membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a 6-membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R2 is a 5-membered heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, R2 is -CN. In some embodiments, R2 is -CF3. In some embodiments, R2 is -OR3. In some embodiments, R2 is -SR3. In some embodiments, R2 is - NR3R4. In some embodiments, R2 is -COR3. In some embodiments, R2 is -CO2R3. In some embodiments, R2 is -CONR3R4. In some embodiments, R2 is -NR3COR4. In some embodiments, R2 is -SO2R3. In some embodiments, R2 is -SO2NR3R4. In some embodiments, R2 is -NR3SO2R4.
If present, each 3-10-membered carbocyclyl and 3-10-membered heterocyclyl may be further substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkcnyl, C2-
6alkynyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR5, -SR5, -NR5R6, -COR5, -CO2R5, -CONR5R6, -NR5COR6, -SO2R5, - SO2NR5R6, and -NR5SO2R6
In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more halogen substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more C1-6alkyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -O-C1-6alkyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10- membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more C1-6haloalkyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -O-C1-6haloalkyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more C2-6alkenyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more C2-6alkynyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10- membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CN substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CF3 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -OR5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -SR5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -COR5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more halogen substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10- membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CO2R5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CONR5R6 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -NR5COR6 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -SO2R5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -SChNR5R6 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered carbocyclyl is substituted with one or more -NR5SO2R6 substituents.
In some embodiments, R1 is a 6-membered carbocyclyl and is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1- 6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR5, -SR5, - NR5R6, -COR5, -CO2R5, -CONR5R6, -NR5COR6, -SO2R5, -SO2NR5R6, and -NR5SO2R6. In some embodiments, R1 is a 5-membered carbocyclyl and is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6 ialoalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR5, -SR5, -NR5R6, - COR5, -CO2R5, -CONR5R6, -NR5COR6, -SO2R5, -SO2NR5R6, and -NR5SO2R6.
In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more halogen substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more C1-6alkyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -O-C1-6alkyl substituents. In some embodiments,
the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more C1-6haloalkyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -O-Ci- ehaloalkyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more C2-6alkenyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more C2-6alkynyl substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CN substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CF3 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -OR5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -SR5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -COR5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more halogen substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CO2R5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -CONR5R6 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -NR5COR6 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -SO2R5 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -SO2NR5R6 substituents. In some embodiments, the 3-10-membered heterocyclyl is substituted with one or more -NR5SO2R6 substituents.
In some embodiments, R2 is a 6-membered carbocyclyl and is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1- 6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR5, -SR5, - NR5R6, -COR5, -CO2R5, -CONR5R6, -NR5COR6, -SO2R5, -SO2NR5R6, and -NR5SO2R6. In some embodiments, R2 is a 5-membered carbocyclyl and is substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR5, -SR5, -NR5R6, - COR5, -CO2R5, -CONR5R6, -NR5COR6, -SO2R5, -SO2NR5R6, and -NR5SO2R6.
If present, each R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, 3-7-membered carbocyclyl and 3-7-membered heterocyclyl.
In some embodiments, R3 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R3 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R3 is 3-7-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R3 is 3-7-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R3 is a 5-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments R3 is a 6-membered carbocyclyl.
In some embodiments, R4 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R4 is C1-6alkyl. In some embodiments, R4 is 3-7-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R4 is 3-7-membered
carbocyclyl. In some embodiments, R4 is a 5-membered carbocyclyl. In some embodiments R4 is a 6-membered carbocyclyl.
If present, each R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6alkyl.
In some embodiments, R5 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R5 is C1-6alkyl.
In some embodiments, R6 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R6 is C1-6alkyl.
In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, -OH, -CN, and -NH2. If present, each 3-10-membered carbocyclyl and 3-10- membered heterocyclyl may be further substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl.
In some embodiments, R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, 6-membered carbocyclyl, 6-membered heterocyclyl, -OH, - CN, and -NH2. If present, each 6-membered carbocyclyl and 6-membered heterocyclyl may be further substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NHz, and C1-6alkyl.
In some embodiments, R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl, and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
In some embodiments, R1 is halogen and R2 is independentinvly selected from the group consisting of:
In some embodiments, R1 is C1-6alkyl and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
In some embodiments, R1 is chlorine and R2 is independently selected from the group onsisting of:
and
In some embodiments, R1 is bromine and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
and
In some embodiments, R1 is fluorine and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
In some embodiments, R1 is iodine and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
In some embodiments, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl, and R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
In some embodiments, R2 is halogen and R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
In some embodiments, R2 is -OH and R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
and
In some embodiments, R2 is -NH2 and R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
In some embodiments, R2 is C1-6alkyl and R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
and
In some embodiments, R2 is chlorine and R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
and
In some embodiments, R2 is bromine and R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
and In some embodiments, R2 is fluorine and R1 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
and
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is:
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is:
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is:
As would be understood by the person skilled in the art, the compound of Formula I includes any stereoisomers of the depicted structure. That is, the compound of Formula I includes a racemic mixture.
The definitions of R1 and R2 are the same as those provided for a compound of Formula I. That is, the difference between a compound of Formula I and a compound of Formula la is that the stereochemistry in a compound of Formula la has been resolved.
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, has a particular stereochemistry as depicted in the following chemical structure:
Formula la.
The compound of Formula la, when having such particular stereochemistry, is also referred to as “UE2343” or “Xanamem”, and has CAS No.: 1346013-80-6. The chemical name (i.e., IUPAC name) of Formula la is (5-(lH-Pyrazol-4-yl)thiophen-3-yl)(3-hydroxy-3- (pyrimidin-2-yl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1] octan-8-yl)methanone.
A compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, may be prepared by any suitable method as would be understood by the person skilled in the art. A compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, may be prepared in accordance with the procedure described in WO2011/135276, which is herein incorporated by reference thereto.
Salts
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify and/or handle a corresponding salt of the compound, such as, for example, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic salts. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge el al., 1977, “Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts,” J. Pharm. Sci., vol. 66, pl-19.
For example, if the compound is anionic, or has a functional group that may be anionic (e.g., -COOH may be -COO"), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na+ and K+, alkaline earth cations such as Ca2+ and Mg2+, and other cations such as Al3+. Examples of suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e., NH4+) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g., NH3R+, NH2R2+, NHR3+, NRA). Examples of suitable substituted ammonium ions include, but are not limited to, those derived from ethylamine,
diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH3)4+.
If the compound is cationic, or has a functional group that may be cationic (e.g., -NHz may be -NH3+), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, those derived from the inorganic acids including hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous. Examples of suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the organic acids including 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphor sulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxy maleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicyclic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric. Examples of suitable polymeric organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from polymeric acids including tannic acid and carboxy methyl cellulose.
A pharmaceutically acceptable salt may involve the inclusion of another molecule such as an acetate ion, a succinate ion or other counterion. The counterion may be any organic or inorganic moiety that stabilises the charge on the parent compound. Furthermore, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt may have more than one charged atom in its structure. Instances where multiple charged atoms are part of the pharmaceutically acceptable salt can have multiple counter ions. Hence, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt can have one or more charged atoms and/or one or more counterion. It will also be appreciated that non-pharmaceutically acceptable salts also fall within the scope of the present disclosure since these may be useful as intermediates in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable salts or may be useful during storage or transport. Unless otherwise specified herein, reference to a particular compound also includes salts thereof.
Solvates and hydrates
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify and/or handle a corresponding solvate of the compound. Those skilled in the art of organic chemistry and/or medicinal chemistry will appreciate that many organic compounds can form complexes with solvents in which they are reacted or from which they are precipitated or crystallised. Such complexes are referred to as “solvates”, and as used herein, the term “solvate” refers to such a complex of solute (e.g., a compound, salt of a compound) and solvent. Examples of solvents that may form pharmaceutically acceptable solvates include, but are not limited to, isopropanol, ethanol,
methanol, DMSO, ethylacetate, acetic acid, and ethanolamine. If the solvate is water, the solvate may be conventionally referred to as a “hydrate”. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable solvate is a pharmaceutically acceptable hydrate. The hydrate may be, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc. Unless otherwise specified herein, reference to a particular compound also includes solvates thereof.
Prodrugs
It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle the compound in the form of a prodrug. The term “prodrug”, as used herein, pertains to compound which, when metabolised (e.g., in vivo), yields the desired active compound. Typically, the prodrug is inactive, or less active that the desired active compound, but may provide advantageous handling, administration, or metabolic properties.
Also, as would be understood by a person skilled in the art of organic chemistry and/or medicinal chemistry, some prodrugs are activated enzymatically to yield the active compound, or a compound which, upon further chemical reaction, yields the active compound. For example, the prodrug may be a sugar derivative or other glycoside conjugate, or may be an amino acid ester derivative.
Dosage Regimen
It will be appreciated that the dosage regimens and compositions as described herein may apply to any of the embodiments or examples of the methods as described herein.
As used herein, “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) being administered in an amount sufficient to improve cognitive functioning and/or alleviate or prevent to some extent one or more of the symptoms of the disorder or condition being treated, typically without undue adverse side effects or to achieve a desired pharmacological effect or therapeutic improvement with a reduced side effect profile. The results can include the reduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease or condition, or any other desired alteration of a biological system. Therapeutically effective amounts may, for example, be determined by routine experimentation, including but not limited to a dose escalation clinical trial. The phrase “therapeutically effective amount” includes, for example, a prophylactically effective amount. In some embodiments, a prophylactically effective amount is an amount sufficient to prevent further cognitive impairment or decline. It is understood that “an effective amount” or “a therapeutically effective amount” can vary from subject to subject, due to variation in metabolism of the compound and any of age, weight, general condition of the subject, the condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, and the judgment of the prescribing physician. An appropriate an effective amount” or “a
therapeutically effective amount” in any individual case may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using routine experimentation.
The amount of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) that will be effective in the treatment and/or prevention of a particular function, disorder or condition disclosed herein will depend on the nature of the function, disorder or condition, and can be determined by standard clinical techniques. In addition, in vitro or in vivo assays may optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges. Such techniques are known to the person skilled in the art.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor administered in an amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage (in mg) of at least about 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, or 200. In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor administered in an amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage (in mg) of less than 200, 150, 100, 75, 60, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, 5, or 1. In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor administered in an amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage (in mg) in a range provided by any of the previously described upper and/or lower amounts, for example, a total daily dosage of between about 1 and 100 mg, about 5 and 75 mg, about 10 and 50 mg, about 15 and 45 mg, or about 20 and 40 mg.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor administered in an amount, in a particular form, or according to a dosage regime as described herein, and the method comprises treating the human subject with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor, wherein the 11β- HSD1 inhibitor is administered in that amount, in that particular form, or according to that dosage regime.
The precise dose to be administered to the subject will also depend on the route of administration, and the seriousness of the disease or disorder, and should be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each subject’s circumstances. For example, suitable dosage ranges for oral administration, are generally from about 0.001 milligram to 1000
milligrams of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) per kilogram body weight.
In some embodiments, the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered in an amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage (in mg) of at least about 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, or 200. In some embodiments, the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered in an amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage (in mg) of less than about 200, 150, 100, 75, 60, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, 5, or 1. The total daily dosage may be provided in a range between at any two of these upper and/or lower amounts. For example, a total daily dosage may be provided in an amount of between about 1 and 100 mg, about 5 and 75 mg, about 10 and 50 mg, about 15 and 45 mg, or about 20 and 40 mg.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered once daily, twice daily, three times daily, or four times daily. In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof is administered once daily. In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSD1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 1 l^-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered twice daily. In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered three times daily. In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is
indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered four times daily. In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSD1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered multiple times daily. In some examples, the 1 lp- HSD1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered as a once daily dose of between about 10 mg and 30 mg, for example at about 20 mg. In other examples, the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered as a twice daily dose of between about 5 mg and 20 mg per dose, for example at about 10 mg per dose. In some embodiments, the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered as a three-times daily dose of between about 5 mg and 15 mg per dose, for example at about 10 mg per dose.
In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount of the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered to the subject at a predetermined frequency. In some embodiments, the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered once daily, twice daily, three times daily, or four times daily. In some embodiments, the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof is administered once daily. In some embodiments, the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor (e .g . a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered twice daily. In some embodiments, the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered three times daily. In some embodiments, the
11β-HSD 1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered four times daily. In some embodiments, the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered to the subject according to a dosage regimen in which the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered multiple times daily. In some examples, the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered as a once daily dose of between about 10 mg and 30 mg, for example at about 20 mg. In other examples, the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered as a twice daily dose of between about 5 mg and 20 mg per dose, for example at about 10 mg per dose. In some embodiments, the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered as a three-times daily dose of between about 5 mg and 15 mg per dose, for example at about 10 mg per dose.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor administered in an amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage of from about 1 to 70 mg of Formula I or from about 5 to 40 mg of Formula I; and if the method comprises treating the human subject, further comprises administering the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor in an amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage of from about 1 to 70 mg of Formula I or from about 5 to 40 mg of Formula I. Further, in some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor administered as a single once-daily dosage or a twice-daily dosage; and if the method comprises treating the human subject, comprises administering the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor as a single once-daily dosage or a twice-daily dosage. Further, in some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor administered as a twice-daily dosage of 10 mg per dosage; and if the method comprises treating the human subject, further comprises administering the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor as a twice-daily dosage of 10 mg per dosage.
In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount of the 11β-HSD 1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug
thereof) is administered to the subject at a predetermined frequency and/or duration. For example, administration according to any embodiments (e.g. frequency) as described herein may be for a duration of about, or at least about, 1 day, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 12 months, 2 years, or 5 years. Administration of the therapeutically effective amount of the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) may be ongoing so long as a therapeutic effect is received by the subject.
As used herein, the term “administer” and “administering” are used to mean introducing the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) into a subject. When administration is for the purpose of treatment, the compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, is provided at, or after the onset of, a symptom of cognitive decline. The therapeutic administration of this substance serves to attenuate any symptom, or prevent additional symptoms from arising. When administration is for the purposes of preventing or reducing the likelihood cognitive decline, the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is provided in advance of any visible or detectable symptom. The prophylactic administration of t the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) serves to attenuate subsequently arising symptoms or prevent or reduce the likelihood of the symptoms from arising altogether.
In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered by any suitable route. Examples include, but are not limited to, oral, topical, transdermal, intranasal, vaginal, rectal, intraarterial, intramuscular, intraosseous, intraperitoneal, epidural and intrathecal. In some embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) administered orally or orally with food.
An 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) may be administered by any suitable route. Examples include, but are not limited to, oral, topical, transdermal, intranasal, vaginal, rectal, intraarterial, intramuscular, intraosseous, intraperitoneal, epidural and intrathecal. In some embodiments, the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered orally. Accordingly, in some
embodiments, the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSD1 inhibitor administered orally or administered orally with food; and if the method comprises treating the human subject, further comprises administering the 11β-HSDl inhibitor orally or orally with food.
An 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) may be administered to the subject with respect to the subj ect’ s fasted state, as would be understood by the person skilled in the art. For example, the subject may be administered the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) before, with, or after a meal. In some embodiments, the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered to the subject before a meal (i.e., the subject being in a fasted state). In some embodiments, the 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) is administered to the subject with a meal. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof is administered at a certain interval (i.e., 30 mins, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, etc.) following a meal.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
Compositions suitable for use in the methods and uses described herein comprise an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof. In some embodiments, a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, is presented as a pharmaceutical composition.
In one example, a pharmaceutical compositions can comprise an 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, and optionally any other therapeutic ingredients, stabilisers, or the like. The carrier(s) must be pharmaceutically acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation and not unduly deleterious to the recipient thereof. Generally, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are known in the art and are selected based on the end use application. The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may act as a diluent, dispersant or carrier for the active agents and other optional components of the composition. The pharmaceutically acceptable carrier may also contain materials commonly used in pharmaceutically products and can be in a wide variety of forms. For example, the carrier may be water, liquid or solid emollients, silicone oils, emulsifiers, surfactants, solvents, humectants, thickeners, powders, propellants and the like.
In some embodiments, the composition is a pharmaceutical composition, and wherein the composition comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
The composition may for example contain a solvent, such as water (e.g. water for injection) or a pharmaceutically acceptable organic solvent.
The compositions may further include diluents, buffers, citrate, trehalose, binders, disintegrants, thickeners, lubricants, preservatives (including antioxidants), inorganic salts (e.g., sodium chloride), antimicrobial agents (e.g., benzalkonium chloride), sweeteners, antistatic agents, sorbitan esters, lipids (e.g., phospholipids such as lecithin and other phosphatidylcholines, phosphatidylethanolamines, fatty acids and fatty esters, steroids (e.g., cholesterol)), and chelating agents (e.g., EDTA, zinc and other such suitable cations).
The compositions of the present disclosure may also include polymeric excipients/additives or carriers, e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidones, derivatised celluloses such as hydroxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, and hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, Ficolls (a polymeric sugar), hydroxyethylstarch (HES), dextrates (e.g., cyclodextrins, such as 2- hydroxypropyl-P-cyclodextrin and sulfobutylether-P-cyclodextrin), polyethylene glycols, and pectin.
Other pharmaceutical carriers, excipients, optional ingredients and/or additives suitable for use in the compositions according to the present disclosure are listed in “Remington: The Science & Practice of Pharmacy”, 19. sup. th ed., Williams & Williams, (1995), and in the “Physician’s Desk Reference”, 52. sup. nd ed., Medical Economics, Montvale, N.J. (1998), and in “Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients”, Third Ed., Ed. A. H. Kibbe, Pharmaceutical Press, 2000.
An 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) may be formulated in compositions including those suitable for inhalation to the lung, by aerosol, parenteral (including intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, or intramuscular injection) or oral administration.
The compositions may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy. All methods include the step of bringing an 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) into association with a carrier that constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
In general, the compositions are prepared by bringing an 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) into association with a liquid carrier to form a solution or a suspension, or alternatively, by bringing a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof into
association with formulation components suitable for forming a solid, optionally a particulate product, and then, if warranted, shaping the product into a desired delivery form.
In some embodiments, the composition is formulated for oral delivery. Compositions for oral delivery may, for example, be in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, granules, powders, emulsions, capsules, syrups, or elixirs. Orally administered compositions may contain one or more optional agents, for example, sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin; flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry; coloring agents; and preserving agents, to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation. Moreover, where in a tablet or pill form, the compositions may be coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract thereby providing a sustained action over an extended period of time. Oral compositions can include standard vehicles such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Such vehicles are preferably of pharmaceutical grade. The oral compositions described herein may contain from about 1% to about 95% of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof by weight, and the oral compositions may be dosed 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or more times daily. The oral compositions described herein may contain a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof by weight % in at least about 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, or 90. The oral compositions described herein may contain a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof by weight % in less than about 95, 90, 85, 80, 75, 70, 65, 60, 55, 50, 45, 40, 35, 30, 25, 20, 15, 10, or 5. The oral compositions described herein may contain a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof by weight % in a range provided by any two of these upper and/or lower values, for example between about 5 and 20 wt %.
In some embodiments, the composition is formulated for parenteral delivery. For example, in one embodiment, the composition may be a sterile, lyophilized, crystalized or amorphous composition that is suitable for reconstitution in an aqueous vehicle prior to injection.
In one embodiment, a composition suitable for parenteral administration conveniently comprises a sterile aqueous preparation of a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, which may for example be formulated to be isotonic with the blood of the recipient.
Pharmaceutical compositions are also provided which are suitable for administration as an aerosol, by inhalation. These formulations comprise a solution or suspension of an 1 lp- HSD1 inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof). The desired formulation may be placed in a small chamber and nebulized.
Nebulization may be accomplished by compressed air or by ultrasonic energy to form a plurality of liquid droplets or solid particles comprising an 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof).
As discussed below, an 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) of the present disclosure may for example be administered in combination with one or more additional pharmaceutically active agents. Thus, in some embodiments, the composition comprises a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof as defined herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, and one or more additional pharmaceutically active agents.
Generally, the composition comprises an 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) in an amount that is therapeutically effective amount. In some embodiments, the therapeutically effective amount is provided by a single dose. In some embodiments, the therapeutically effective amount is provided by one or more doses administered as part of a course of treatment, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27 or greater than 27 doses.
The person skilled in the art would understand that the amount of an 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) present in the composition will vary depending on the other ingredients present in the composition, the desired effect and the like. In some embodiments, the composition comprises an 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) in a concentration between about 0.001 to 1000 mg/mL, 0.01 to 500 mg/mL, 0.1 to 50 mg/mL. In some embodiments, the composition comprises an 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) in a concentration between about 1 to 99 wt%, 1 to 90wt%, 1 to 85 wt%, 1 to 80 wt%, 1 to 75 wt%, 1 to 70 wt%, 1 to 65 wt%, 1 to 60 wt%, 1 to 55 wt%, 1 to 50 wt%, 1 to 45 wt%, 1 to 40 wt%, 1 to 35 wt%, 1 to 30 wt%, 5 to 99 wt%, 10 to 99 wt%, 15 to 99 wt%, 20 to 99 wt%, 25 to 99 wt%, 30 to 99 wt%, 35 to 99 wt%, 40 to 99 wt%, 45 to 99 wt%, 50 to 99 wt%, 54 to 99 wt%, 60 to 99 wt%, 65 to 99 wt%,
70 to 99 wt%, 75 to 99 wt%, 80 to 99 wt%, 85 to 99 wt%, 90 to 99 wt%, 5 to 90 wt%, 20 to 80 wt%, 30 to 70 wt%, or 40 to 60 wt%.
In some embodiments, an 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) may be administered in combination with a further therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the methods and uses described herein also relate to co-administering one or more substances in addition to a
compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof to the subject, the term “co-administer” indicates that each of at least two compounds are administered during a time frame wherein the respective periods of biological activity or effects overlap. Thus, the term includes sequential as well as coextensive administration of compounds. Similar to administering compounds, co-administration of more than one substance can be for therapeutic and/or prophylactic purposes. If more than one substance or compound is co-administered, the routes of administration of the two or more substances need not be the same. The scope of the methods and uses described herein are not limited by the identity of the substance or substances which may be co-administered with a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof. For example, compositions comprising a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof may be co-administered with fluids or other substances that are capable of alleviating, attenuating, preventing or removing symptoms in a subject suffering from, exhibiting the symptoms of, or at risk of suffering from cognitive decline. Types of fluid that can be co-administered with a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof should be specific to the circumstances surrounding the particular subject that is suffering from, exhibiting the symptoms of, or at risk of suffering from a bacterial infection. For example, fluids that may be co-administered with a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof include but are not limited to, electrolytes and/or water, salt solutions, such as sodium chloride and sodium bicarbonate, as well as whole blood, plasma, serum, serum albumin and colloid solutions.
The composition may be a food or beverage, or provided into a food or beverage. The composition may be a veterinary product, such as a dog or cat food product. The composition may be a feed additive, a supplement, or a medical food. In some embodiments, an 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) may be incorporated into food products and beverages. An 11β-HSDl inhibitor (e.g. a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof) may be impregnated, mixed, emulsified, sprayed or coated onto carriers such as cellulose, methylcellulose, dextrose, cyclodextrose, cyclodextrin, maltitol, and fibre. Delivery may also be enhanced with a range of surfactants, lipids, complexes, solvents and cosolvent pharmaceutical delivery systems known in the pharmaceutical art to improve bioavailability, absorption and efficacy. As used herein, the term “food” or “food product” includes any edible product for human or non-human consumption, such as but not limited to supplements, snacks (sweet and savory), cocoa-containing foods, flavours, beverages, dietary supplements and formulations including supplements used in animal health and nutrition. Additional ingredients desired in the resulting food product may be added at any point in the process.
Knowledge-Based Systems
Knowledge-based computer software and hardware for implementing an algorithm of the disclosure also form part of the present disclosure. Such computer software and/or hardware are useful for performing a method of the disclosure. Thus, the present disclosure also provides software or hardware programmed to implement an algorithm that processes data related to tau protein levels obtained by performing the method of the disclosure via an univariable or multivariable analysis to provide a disease/condition index value and provide or permit a determination that a subject suffering, or suspected of suffering from, a neurodegenerative disease will respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor.
In one example, a method of the disclosure may be used in existing knowledge-based architecture or platforms associated with pathology services. For example, results from a method described herein are transmitted via a communications network (e.g. the internet) to a processing system in which an algorithm is stored and used to generate a predicted posterior probability value, which translates to the index of probability of responsiveness to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor which is then forwarded to an end user in the form of a predictive report.
The method of the disclosure may, therefore, be in the form of a kit or computer-based system which comprises the reagents necessary to detect the concentration or level of a tau protein in a biological sample and the computer hardware and/or software to facilitate determination and transmission of reports to a clinician.
The methods and assays of the present disclosure permits integration into existing or newly developed pathology architecture or platform systems. For example, the present disclosure contemplates a method of allowing a user to determine likely responsiveness of a subject to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, including:
(a) receiving data in the form of levels of a tau protein for a biological test sample;
(b) processing the subject data via univariate and/or multivariate analysis to provide a disease index value;
(c) determining the status of the subject in accordance with the results of the disease index value in comparison with predetermined values; and
(d) transferring an indication of the status of the subject to the user via the communications network reference to the multivariate analysis includes an algorithm which performs the multivariate analysis function.
In one example, the method additionally includes:
(a) having the user determine the data using a remote end station; and
(b) transferring the data from the end station to the base station via the communications network.
The base station can include first and second processing systems, in which case the method can include:
(a) transferring the data to the first processing system;
(b) transferring the data to the second processing system; andc) causing the first processing system to perform the univariate or multivariate analysis function to generate the disease index value.
The method may also include:
(a) transferring the results of the univariate or multivariate analysis function to the first processing system; and
(b) causing the first processing system to determine the status of the subject.
In this case, the method also includes at least one of:
(a) transferring the data between the communications network and the first processing system through a first firewall; and
(b) transferring the data between the first and the second processing systems through a second firewall.
The second processing system may be coupled to a database adapted to store predetermined data and/or the univariate or multivariate analysis function, the method include:
(a) querying the database to obtain at least selected predetermined data or access to the multivariate analysis function from the database; and
(b) comparing the selected predetermined data to the subject data or generating a predicted probability index.
The second processing system can be coupled to a database, the method including storing the data in the database.
The method can also include having the user determine the data using a secure array, the secure array of elements capable of determining the level of the tau protein in the subject sample and having a number of features each located at respective position(s) on the respective code. In this case, the method typically includes causing the base station to:
(a) determine the code from the data;
(b) determine a layout indicating the position of each feature on the array; and(c) determine the parameter values in accordance with the determined layout, and the data.
The method can also include causing the base station to:
(a) determine payment information, the payment information representing the provision of payment by the user; and
(b) perform the comparison in response to the determination of the payment information.
The present disclosure also provides a base station for determining the status of a subject with respect to likely responsiveness to therapy with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, the base station including:
(a) a store method;
(b) a processing system, the processing system being adapted to:
(i) receive subject data from the user via a communications network; and
(ii) determining the status of the subject in accordance with the results of the algorithmic function including the comparison; and
(c) output an indication of the status of the subject to the user via the communications network.
The processing system can be adapted to receive data from a remote end station adapted to determine the data.
The processing system may include:
(a) a first processing system adapted to:
(i) receive the data; and
(ii) determine the status of the subject in accordance with the results of the univariate or multivariate analysis function including comparing the data; and
(b) a second processing system adapted to:
(i) receive the data from the processing system;
(ii) perform the univariate or multivariate analysis function including the comparison; and
(iii) transfer the results to the first processing system.
The base station typically includes:
(a) a first firewall for coupling the first processing system to the communications network; and
(b) a second firewall for coupling the first and the second processing systems. The processing system can be coupled to a database, the processing system being adapted to store the data in the database.
The present disclosure is now described further in the following non-limiting examples.
EXAMPLE EMBODIMENTS
Example Embodiment 1. A method of identifying or selecting a subject for receiving treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment, the method comprising determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
Example Embodiment 2. A method of determining an increased probability of responsiveness to a treatment of a subject with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, the method comprising determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
Example Embodiment 3. A method of treating a subject with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, the method comprising administering an 11β-HSDl inhibitor to the subject, wherein the subject has previously been identified or selected for receiving treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment by determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject.
Example Embodiment 4. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 3, wherein the method comprises identifying and selecting a subject for receiving treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor for responsiveness to the treatment based on determining the baseline level of a tau protein in the subject, and administering the 11β-HSDl inhibitor to the subject.
Example Embodiment 5. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 4, wherein the treatment of the 11β-HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of cognitive functioning in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, an improvement of cognitive impairment in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, and/or a prophylactic treatment for preventing cognitive decline in a subject predisposed to a disorder or disease associated with cognitive decline.
Example Embodiment 6. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 5, wherein the treatment is for a neurodegenerative disease selected from the group consisting of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, Alzheimer's disease (AD), Huntington's disease, multiple system atrophy, Frontal lobe dementia, vascular dementia, and prion diseases.
Example Embodiment 7. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 6, wherein the treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor provides a delay in progression of impairment, halt in progression of impairment, and/or improvement in cognitive ability and/or function, of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject using one or more testing criteria methods selected from Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests, CDR-SB, MMSE, ADAS-Cog, CogState Cognition Test Battery, CANTAB test battery, and Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living.
Example Embodiment 8. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 7, wherein the subject has an MMSE score of less than 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10.
Example Embodiment 9. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 8, wherein the treatment is for Alzheimer's disease (AD), and wherein the subject has an MMSE score of less than 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10.
Example Embodiment 10. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 9, wherein the treatment of the 11β-HSDl inhibitor provides an improvement of a change in baseline in Executive Function and/or Episodic Memory.
Example Embodiment 11. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 10, wherein the baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/ml) is at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15.
Example Embodiment 12. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 11, wherein the method comprises selecting a subject as being suitable for receiving treatment with an 11β-HSD1 inhibitor in order to increase the probability of responsiveness to the treatment by determining the baseline level of a tau protein in a sample obtained from the subject, wherein if a baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/ml) is at least 1 then the subject is selected for the treatment.
Example Embodiment 13. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 12, wherein the tau protein is a phosphorylated tau (pTau) protein.
Example Embodiment 14. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 13, wherein the tau protein is a phosphorylated tau (pTau) protein having any one or more phosphorylated serines of 46, 199, 202, 235, 262, 293, 324, 356, 396, 404, 422 and/or threonines 181, 50, 69, 111, 153, 175, 205, 212, 217, 231 of the Tau protein.
Example Embodiment 15. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 14, wherein the tau protein is pTau-181.
Example Embodiment 16. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 15, wherein the level of the tau protein is determined by imaging or sample analysis.
Example Embodiment 17. The method of Example Embodiment 16, wherein the imaging is PET imaging etc.
Example Embodiment 18. The method of Example Embodiment 16, wherein the sample is blood, blood plasma, or cerebrospinal fluid.
Example Embodiment 19. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 18, wherein the 1 lp-HSDl inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of ABT384, AZD4017, ABT305, INCB- 13739, BVT.3498, BVT 116429, bezafibrate; CRx-401, difhinisal; BMS- 823778; UE2343; and carbenoxolone.
Example Embodiment 20. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 19, wherein the 11β-HSD1 inhibitor is selected from a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof:
Formula I; wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2- 6alkynyl, 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR3, -SR3, - NR3R4, -COR3, -CO2R3, -CONR3R4, -NR3COR4, -SO2R3, -SO2NR3R4, and -NR3SO2R4; wherein R3 and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, 3-7-membered carbocyclyl and 3-7-membered heterocyclyl; wherein each 3-10- membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, 3-7-membered carbocyclyl, and 3-7- membered heterocyclyl, is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-Ci- 6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR5, -SR5, -NR5R6, -COR5, -CO2R5, - CONR5R6, -NR5COR6, -SO2R5, -SO2NR5R6, and -NR5SO2R6; and wherein each R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6alkyl.
Example Embodiment 21. The method of Example Embodiment 20, wherein the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula la, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof:
Formula la; wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-
6alkynyl, 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR3, -SR3, - NR3R4, -COR3, -CO2R3, -CONR3R4, -NR3COR4, -SO2R3, -SO2NR3R4, and -NR3SO2R4; wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, 3-7-membered carbocyclyl and 3-7-membered heterocyclyl; wherein each 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, 3-7- membered carbocyclyl, and 3-7-membered heterocyclyl, is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, - O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalky 1, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR5, -SR5, -NR5R6, -COR5, -CO2R5, -CONR5R6, -NR5COR6, -SO2R5, -SO2NR5R6, and -NR5SO2R6; and wherein each R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6alkyl.
Example Embodiment 22. The method of Example Embodiment 20 or Example Embodiment 21, wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, -OH, -CN, and -NH2; and wherein if present, each 3-10-membered carbocyclyl and 3-10-membered heterocyclyl may be further substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl.
Example Embodiment 23. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 20 to 22, wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, 6-membered carbocyclyl, 6-membered heterocyclyl, -OH, -CN, and -NH2; and wherein if present, each 6-membered carbocyclyl and 6-membered heterocyclyl may be further substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl.
Example Embodiment 24. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 20 to 23, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl, and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
and
Example Embodiment 25. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 20 to 24, wherein the compound of Formula I is selected from the group consisting of:
Example Embodiment 26. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 20 to 25, wherein the compound of Formula I is:
Example Embodiment 27. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 20 to 26, wherein the compound of Formula I is:
Example Embodiment 28. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 27, wherein the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is administered in amount so as to deliver a total daily dosage of from about 1 to 70 mg of Formula I or from about 5 to 40 mg of Formula I.
Example Embodiment 29. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 28, wherein the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is administered as a single once-daily dosage or a twice-daily dosage.
Example Embodiment 30. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 29, wherein the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is administered as a twice-daily dosage of 10 mg per dosage.
Example Embodiment 31. The method of any one of Example Embodiments 1 to 30, wherein the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is administered orally or is administered orally with food.
EXAMPLES
General: Materials and Methods
Formulations comprising an 11β-HSD1 inhibitor were tested on human subjects to evaluate selection and treatment suitability for the subjects. The 11β-HSDl inhibitor selected was a compound of Formula 1 , as described herein, which was synthesized and characterized according to the procedure described in WO2011135276, which is herein incorporated by reference thereto. The compound of Formula 1 that was selected is also known as UE2343 or (5-(lH-pyrazol-4-yl)thiophen-3-yl)(3-hydroxy-3-(pyrimidin-2-yl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan- 8-yl)methanone. Xanamem™ contains UE2343 as an active ingredient.
Example 1:
Clinical Study
A Phase II, Double-Blind, 12-Week, Randomised, Placebo-Controlled Study was conducted to Assess the Safety, Tolerability and Efficacy of Xanamem™ in Subjects with Mild Dementia due to Alzheimer’s Disease (AD).
Study Sites: Multicentre, up to 20 sites in Australia, United Kingdom and United States of America.
Study Design: This is a Phase II, randomized, multi-centre, double-blind, placebo- controlled, proof-of-concept study to assess the safety, tolerability and efficacy of oral Xanamem™ QD in adult subjects with mild dementia due to AD.
At the Baseline visit (Week 0), eligible subjects will be randomised on a 1:1 ratio to receive either 10 mg Xanamem™ administered orally, QD (treatment group) or matching placebo (placebo group). Subjects returned to the study site for the Interim visits (Week 4 and Week 8), EOT (Week 12) and Follow-up (4 weeks post last dose of study drug) visits, at which study assessments were performed.
Subjects were tasked with taking the study drug at the same time each morning with meals (i.e. not in fasted condition) due to a higher bioavailability observed when taken in a fed state. Drug intake when fasted had no safety concern.
Further details of the study are provided below:
Objectives Primary Objective:
The primary objective of the study is to evaluate the extent to which Xanamem™ improves performance from Baseline to end of treatment (EOT) compared to placebo, as measured by changes in AD COMposite Scores (ADCOMs, composite data derived from Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scales - Cognitive subscale version 14 [ADAS-Cog vl4], Clinical Dementia Rating Scale - Sum of Boxes [CDR-SOB], and MiniMental Status Examination [MMSE]) and ADAS-Cog vl4 as primary endpoints in subjects with mild dementia due to probable AD.
Secondary Obiectives:
Secondary objectives of this study are to assess the extent to which Xanamem™ improves performance from Baseline to EOT compared to placebo, as measured by changes to:
• Rey Auditory Verbal Learning Test(RAVLT)
. MMSE
• Neuropsychiatric Inventory (NPI)
• Neuropsychological Test Batteries (NTB) - Executive Domain
Methodology Randomised, double-blind, placebo -controlled Phase II proof-of-concept. Number of Planned that approximately 174 subjects will be enrolled to ensure that Subjects 156 subjects would complete the 12-week double-blind study period (78 subjects in each treatment group). A 10% drop-out rate is expected.
Diagnosis and 1. Males and females aged 50 years or older at time of informed consent. Main Criteria 2. Female subjects: for Inclusion a) Post-menopausal women, defined as no menses for 12 months without an alternative medical cause. Any concern about the menopausal status of a prospective female subject, a follicle- stimulating hormone test (FSH) should be requested to confirm post-menopausal status. Post-menopausal women confirmed by FSH level > 40 mIU/mL by central laboratory. b) Women of childbearing potential (WOCBP) must have a negative pregnancy test at Screening and Baseline, and be
willing to use highly effective methods of contraception from the Screening visit until 3 months after last dose of study drug. The central laboratory will flag positive serum human chorionic gonadotropin as exclusionary at Screening (re-test of Screening if required). In such cases, the site will perform a local urine pregnancy test at Baseline to determine if the subject can continue to randomisation. c) Are permanently sterile or have had a hysterectomy, bilateral salpingectomy or bilateral oophorectomy. d) Women must not bebreastfeeding.
3. Male Subjects: a) Who are sexually active, fertile men must use highly effective methods of contraception from Day 1 until 3 months after last dose of study drug if their partners are WOCBP. b) Who are permanently sterile or have had bilateral orchiectomy.
4. Diagnosis of mild dementia due to probable AD with increased level of certainty (provided by evidence of clinical deterioration within the 6 months preceding Screening, as assessed by the investigator) as determined by the National Institute of Ageing and the Alzheimer’s Association workgroup. Individual criteria will be included in the electronic case report form.
5. Mild dementia due to probable AD with MMSE of 20 to 26 (inclusive).
6. CDR Global Score of 0.5 to 1.0.
7. A brain magnetic resonance imaging or computed tomography scan in the 12 months preceding Screening (a wider window may be accepted but requires written approval by the ICON Medical Monitor) that, in the investigator’s opinion, is consistent with AD as the principal aetiology of the dementia with no other clinically significant abnormality, e.g. another principal underlying aetiology of the subject’s dementia, or a lesion which could affect cognition e.g. a brain tumour or large stroke.
8. On stable dose of acetylcholinesterase inhibitor (AChEI) and/or memantine (at least 3 months prior to Screening) OR treatment-naive. Initiating AChEIs or memantine during study will not be permitted.
9. Apart from a clinical diagnosis of mild dementia due to probable AD, the subject must be in good health as determined by the investigator, based on medical history and screening assessments.
10. Has a consenting study partner who, in the investigator’s judgement, has frequent and sufficient contact with the subject to be able to provide accurate information as to the subject’s cognitive and functional abilities. Study partner is available to provide information to the investigator and study site staff about the subject and attend all study site visits in person for scale completion for duration of study.
11. Must be willing and able to comply with the requirements of the protocol and must be available to complete the study.
12. Must satisfy medical examiner about fitness to participate in study.
13. Must provide written informed consent to participate in study.
Exclusion 1. Clinically significant abnormalities in vital signs (blood pressure, Criteria heart rate, respiration rate and oral temperature).
2. Clinically significant abnormal haematology, biochemistry and urine
examination values, as determined by the investigator. Additionally, abnormal liver and renal function and Vitamin B12 levels below lower threshold may impact cognitive function. The following values will alert flag and are specifically excluded: a) Vitamin B12 < 176pg/mL b) Haemoglobin < 11 g/dL for females and < 12 g/dL for males c) Aspartate aminotransferase > 3 x upper limit of normal (ULN) d) Alanine aminotransferase > 3 x ULN e) Serum creatinine > 2 x ULN f) Urine benzodiazepines when positive: One re -test will be allowed in cases where the subject’s intake of benzodiazepines is within the allowed dose. Re-tests must be performed within 7 days of the last benzodiazepine dose prior to the Baseline visit. A positive re-test for urine benzodiazepines is exclusionary.
Re-testing of laboratory parameters requires a confirmatory value within the screening period permitted in an effort to find all possible well-qualified subjects. The most current result prior to randomisation is the value by which study inclusion will be assessed, as it represents the subject’s most current, clinical state. Consultation with the ICON Medical Monitor (MM) is advised, to identify whether repeat testing of any parameter is acceptable and relevant. Has had a significant systemic illness or infection within the past 4 weeks prior to randomisation, as determined by the investigator. Clinically significant neurological disease other than AD, such as (but not limited to) Parkinson’s disease, multi-infarct dementia, Huntington’s disease, normal pressure hydrocephalus, brain tumour, progressive supranuclear palsy, seizure disorder, subdural haematoma, multiple sclerosis or a history of significant head trauma followed by persistent neurologic defaults or known structural brain abnormalities. Subjects with clinical evidence of peripheral neuropathy or historical evidence of clinically significant nerve conduction abnormalities. Clinical evidence of neuropathy is defined as: a) Inability to sense a stimulus even at the secondary (more proximal) skin area for pinprick, light touch, and vibration or temperature at the foot, in at least one extremity (in case neurography measures are normal, the case will be discussed with the ICON MM to assess subject eligibility) b) Nerve conduction abnormalities beyond local normal values or inability to measure Sensory Nerve Action Potential or Compound Muscle Action Potential in the primary or a secondary (back-up) nerve c) Neuropathy Total Symptom Score (NTSS)-6 score > 6, but note that subjects are eligible even if they show:
• Missing reflexes of the Achilles tendon (ankle), but a positive patellar (knee) tendon reflex
• Missing ability to name toe or thumb position Has had a stroke within the year prior to randomization, as determined by the investigator. Has a lifetime diagnosis of a major psychiatric disorder (other than
dementia), based on the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th Edition criteria. This includes but is not limited to schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorder, bipolar affective disorder, alcohol dependence syndrome or major depressive disorder.
8. Has a history of disease directly related to the hypothalamus, the pituitary and/or the adrenal glands which affect the hypothalamic- pituitary-adrenal axis function.
9. Has uncontrolled clinical conditions relating to glucose and lipid metabolism.
10. Clinically significant electrocardiogram (ECG) abnormalities, including QTc interval > 450 msec, following ECG tracings at Screening. A single repeat evaluation will be allowed if the investigator or designee has reason to believe the reading is faulty or to help assess the clinical significance of an abnormality. Any other ECG abnormality that is seen as exclusionary will first be discussed with the ICON MM.
11. Use of any prohibited medication.
12. Participation in another clinical study of an investigational drug or device whereby the last drug/device administration is within 60 days of Screening.
13. Inability to communicate well with the investigator (i.e. language problem, non-fluent English [as scales will be provided in English only], poor mental development or impaired cerebral function).
14. Subject will undergo the tests, ADAS-Cog vl4, CDR-SOB, MMSE, NTB (executive domain) and RAVLT at the indicated time -points to avoid uncontrolled learning effects. Subjects who need to perform these tests externally to and in parallel with this study will be excluded.
15. Subject has ingested any food or drink containing grapefruit, Seville oranges, star fruit, or derived products (e.g. fruit juice), for at least 3 days prior to the first administration of study drug. Subjects must be willing to abstain from ingesting these foods and drinks throughout the study, as it may interfere with the activity of Xanamem^M
Test Product, Oral Xanamem™ capsules, 10 mg administered once a day (QD). Dose and Dosing: Mode of Administration At Week 0, eligible subjects will be randomised to 10 mg/matching placebo QD with a 1 : 1 allocation ratio.
Reference Matching placebo which is identical in appearance to the test product
Therapy except that it contains no active ingredient.
Duration of Subjects should participate in the study for 17 to 20 weeks, including a
Treatment treatment period of 12 weeks.
Formulations of Xanamem and Placebo
Xanamem™ is formulated in green and cream-coloured size 3, Coni-Snap shaped gelatin capsules as an excipient blend at a dose of 10 mg (see Table 1). The dose of Xanamen™ will be 10 mg administered orally, QD.
Table 1: Ingredients of Xanamem and Placebo Capsules using Dose of 10 mg (% w/w)
Component Function Placebo 10 mg
UE2343 Active pharmaceutical ingredient 5.26
Lactose 89.74
Croscarmellose Sodium Disintegrant 4.0 4.00
Talc Glidant 0.5 0.05
Magnesium stearate Lubricant 0.5 0.05
Note: the formulations shown are based on % w/w with a nominal capsule fill weight of 190 mg.
Blood Sample Collections and Storage
Sparse PK blood samples were taken from all subjects who participate in the main study. The PK samples taken pre-dose and between 3 and 5 hours post-dose, i.e. the time interval during which peak concentrations were observed in the Phase I studies. PK blood samples will be taken at Week 0 (Baseline), Week 4, Week 8 and Week 12 of the study.
PD blood samples collected from a sub-group of approximately 50 subjects (unless a higher number is defined as a result of the DSMB analysis of the PD data). The PD sampling in this study will complement the previously reported Phase I data, in which most of the subjects were male and only a small number of subjects were aged 50 years or older. If, after evaluation of the PD data by the DSMB, it is considered that an insufficient number of subjects are on active drug, further PD data will be collected.
Clinical Dementia Rating Scale - Sum of Boxes (CDR-SOB) and Global (CDR-Global)
The Washington University CDR is a global assessment instrument that yields global and SOB scores, with the global score regularly used in clinical and research settings to stage dementia severity. The CDR-SOB score has been considered a more detailed quantitative general index than the global score and provides more information than the global CDR score in participants with mild dementia. CDR Global results are relevant for subject eligibility and thus will also be performed at the Screening visit.
The CDR is obtained through semi- structured interviews of patients and informants, and cognitive functioning is rated in six domains of functioning: memory, orientation, judgement and problem solving, community affairs, home and hobbies, and personal care. Each domain is rated on a five-point scale of functioning as follows: 0, no impairment; 0.5, questionable impairment; 1, mild impairment; 2, moderate impairment; and 3, severe impairment.
The global CDR score is computed via an algorithm. CDR Global score is calculated using the Washington University online algorithm. The CDR-SOB is based on summing each of the domain box scores, with scores ranging from 0-18.
Mini-Mental Status Examination (MMSE)
The MMSE is a 30-point questionnaire that is used extensively in clinical and research settings to measure cognitive impairment and is commonly used in medicine and allied health to screen for dementia. It is also used to estimate the severity and progression of cognitive impairment and to follow the course of cognitive changes in an individual over time; thus making it an effective way to document a participant’s response to treatment. For this study, MMSE results are relevant for subject eligibility and performed at Screening visit.
Biomarker Analysis
A Non-interventional Biomarker Analysis Extension Protocol study was conducted for Participants who were previously enrolled in the above described Phase II, Double-Blind, 12- Week, Randomised, Placebo-Controlled Study to Assess the Safety, Tolerability and Efficacy of Xanamem™ in Subjects with Mild Dementia due to Alzheimer’s Disease (AD). The objectives for study were:
1. To analyze the levels of biomarkers of Alzheimer’s Disease (AD) proteins, neurodegeneration, and neuro-inflammation in stored plasma samples from participants with mild dementia due to AD enrolled in the previous clinical trial (at baseline and Week 12 and their change from baseline for each treatment)
2. To examine the change from baseline in biomarkers by treatment group to Week 12 by baseline pTaul81 quartile categorization/level
3. To explore the efficacy of Xanamem in relationship to quartiles categorization/level of pTaul81 levels at baseline
4. To correlate the changes from baseline in biomarkers by treatment with changes in cognitive endpoints
From above described clinical study, the extant blood samples of 72 patients were subjected to further disease biomarker analysis. A biomarker laboratory (blinded to treatment assignment), analyzed those blood samples to determine the biomarker variable pTaul81.
The population for the Biomarker Extension Study, compared to the overall population of previous clinical study, is presented in Table 2.
Table 2 Baseline Characteristics of Patients Studied
Biomarker Study XanADu Phase 2 N=72 N=185
Age (mean, SD) 71 (8) 71 (8) % female 54% 57% ADASCogl4 (mean, SD) 33 (8) 29 (9) ADCOMS (mean, SD) 0.52 (0.19) 0.50 (0.20) MMSE (mean, SD) 22 (3) 23 (3) CDR-SB (mean, SD) 3.9 (1.6) 3.8 (1.7) pTau (mean, SD) 7.7 (6.8) % pTau > 10.2 pg/mL 13% AP42/40 ratio (mean, SD) 21.9 (15.5) GFAP (mean, SD) 118 (73)
Statistical Analysis for the Biomarker Extension Study
An analysis of overall efficacy was undertaken of the population (n = 72). The group treated with Xanamem (n = 37) exhibited an increase in the mean MMSE score of 0.3, compared to a decrease of 0.6 in the group receiving the Placebo (n = 35). The results revealed a clinically significant benefit to treatment with Xanamem over the Placebo (Cohen’s d = 0.35).
For the cognitive efficacy variables (CDR-SB and MMSE), change from baseline to Week 12 was analyzed by ANCOVA with the following models:
• treatment as fixed effect and baseline cognitive efficacy value as covariate;
• treatment, baseline p-T au 181 (low/high) category, and treatment-by-baseline p-Tau 181 (low/high) category as fixed effects, and baseline cognitive efficacy value as covariate;
• treatment, baseline p-Taul81 (<10.2 pg/mL / >10.2 pg/mL) category, and treatment- by-baseline p-Taul81 (<10.2 pg/mL / >10.2 pg/mL) category as fixed effects, and baseline cognitive efficacy value as covariate; and
• treatment, baseline MMSE (less severe (>24) / more severe (<23)) category, and treatment-by-baseline MMSE (less severe (>24) / more severe (<23)) category as fixed effects, and baseline cognitive efficacy value as covariate.
For the biomarker p-Taul81, change from baseline to Week 12 were analyzed by ANCOVA with the following models:
• treatment as fixed effect and baseline biomarker value as covariate; treatment, baseline p-Taul81 (low/high) category, and treatment-by-baseline p-Taul81 (low/high) category as fixed effects, and baseline biomarker value as covariate;
• treatment, baseline p-Taul81 (<10.2 pg/mL / >10.2 pg/mL) category, and treatment- by-baseline p-Taul81 (<10.2 pg/mL / >10.2 pg/mL) category as fixed effects, and baseline biomarker value as covariate; and
• treatment, baseline MMSE (less severe (>24) / more severe (<23)) category, and treatment-by-baseline MMSE (less severe (>24) / more severe (<23)) category as fixed effects, and baseline biomarker value as covariate.
The “high” and “low” baseline p-Tau-181 categories were delineated on the basis of the median value of baseline p-Tau-181 of the dataset (6.74 pg/mL).
Table 3 Higher pTau (> 6.74 pg/mL*) subgroup shows clinically significant effect on CDR-SB (n=34)
Assessment Desired Xanamem Placebo Cohen’s d p value change (n=16) (n=18)
CDR-SB units (mean) Down 0.4 1.0 0.41 0.09
CDR-SB units (median) Down 0.0 0.8
Table 4 High - low data for pTau show benefit on CDR-SB in patients more likely to have AD
Group N Desired Xanamem Placebo Cohen’s d p value change (n=16) (n=18) pTau > 6.74 pg/mL (mean) 34 Down 0.4 1.0 0.41 0.09 pTau > 6.74 pg/mL (median) 34 Down 0.0 0.8 pTau units < 6.74 (mean) 34 Down 0.5 -0.1 0.40 0.08 pTau units < 6.74 (median) 34 Down 0.0 0.0 pTau pg/mL > 10.2 (mean) 9 Down 0.1 0.8 0.62 0.33 pTau pg/mL > 10.2 (median) 9 Down -0.3 0.5 pTau < 10.2 pg/mL (mean) 59 Down 0.5 0.4 -0.06 0.78 pTau < 10.2 pg/mL (median) 59 Down 0.0 0.0
Table 5 High - low data for MMSE shows effect measurable in more severe dementia
Group N Desired Xanamem Placebo Cohen’s d p value change (n=16) (n=18) MMSE 20-23 (mean)* 46 Up 1.7 -0.3 0.93 0.02
MMSE 20-23 (median)* 46 Up 2.0 -1.0
MMSE 24-26 (mean) 26 Up -1.5 -1.4 -0.17 0.88
MMSE 24-26 (median) 26 Up -1.0 -1.0
Table 3 demonstrates that the group most likely to have pathological AD (that is, where pTau > 6.74 pg/mL), exhibited an unexpected clinically significant improvement to CDR-SB when treated with Xanamem, compared the Placebo (Cohen’s d = 0.41, p = 0.09). The treatment effect of a CDR-SB mean 0.6 points (median 0.8 points) for Xanamem compares favorably with that for injectable amyloid antibody therapies (0.4-0.45 points) and approved oral anticholinesterases or memantine (Cohen’s d of approximately 0.2-0.3).
Table 4 further demonstrates that the patient group with extreme levels of pTau (where pTau > 10.2 pg/mL), exhibited an unexpected clinically significant improvement to CDR-SB when treated with Xanamem, compared the Placebo (Cohen’s d = 0.62, p = 0.33).
Table 5 demonstrates that the group with lower baseline MMSE of 20-23 exhibited an unexpected clinically significant change in MMSE at the 12 week follow up when treated with Xanamem, compared with the Placebo (Cohen’s d 0.93, p = 0.02).
The change in biomarker pTaul 81 from baseline to Week 12 was also analysed, and no treatment trend was observed in a sample size of 28 and 26 respectfully for change for Xanamem treatment group of -2.37 and change for placebo treatment group of -8.59 (Cohen’s d = 0.08, p = 0.40).
Claims
1. A method of determining whether a human subject suffering, or suspected of suffering, from a neurodegenerative disease is likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor, the method comprising:
(a) obtaining data on a baseline level of a tau protein in the human subject; and
(b) determining whether the human subject is likely to respond to treatment with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor based on the baseline level of the tau protein, wherein the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than a reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the tau protein is a phosphorylated tau protein (pTau).
3. The method of claim lor claim 2, wherein the tau protein is a phosphorylated tau protein (pTau) having any one or more phosphorylated threonines at position 181, 50, 69, 111, 153, 175, 205, 212, 217, and/or 231, and/or one or more phosphorylated serines at position 46, 199, 202, 235, 262, 293, 324, 356, 396, 404, and/or 422 of the tau protein.
4. The method of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the phosphorylated tau protein is pTau- 181.
5. The method of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the baseline level of the tau protein (in pg/mL) being equal to or greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor.
6. The method of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than 6.74 pg/mL, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor.
7. The method of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than 10.2 pg/mL, is indicative that the subject is likely to respond to treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor.
8. The method of any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the baseline level of the tau protein in the human subject is a baseline level of the tau protein: (i) in a biological sample obtained from the human subject, or (ii) derived from a measured value obtained from an image obtained from a tau-positron emission tomography (PET) scan of a brain region of the human subject.
The method of any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the baseline level of the tau protein in the human subject is a baseline level of the tau protein in a biological sample obtained from the human subject. The method of claim 9, further comprising determining the baseline level of the tau protein in the biological sample obtained from the human subject. The method of claim 9 or claim 10, further comprising performing one or more assays on the biological sample obtained from the human subject to determine the baseline level of the tau protein therein. The method of any one of claims 9 to 11 , wherein the biological sample is whole blood, blood serum, blood plasma, or cerebrospinal fluid. The method of any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the baseline level of the tau protein in the human subject is a baseline level of the tau protein derived from a measured value obtained from an image obtained from a tau-positron emission tomography (PET) scan of a brain region of the human subject. The method of claim 13, further comprising determining the baseline level of the tau protein from the image obtained from a tau-positron emission tomography (PET) scan of a brain region of the human subject. The method of claim 13 or claim 14, further comprising performing a tau-positron emission tomography (PET) scan of the human subject to obtain an image of the human subject or brain region thereof. The method of any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the human subject is suffering, or suspected of suffering from a neurodegenerative disease, wherein the neurodegenerative disease is selected from the group consisting of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s disease, Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington’s disease, multiple system atrophy, Frontal lobe dementia, vascular dementia, and prion diseases. The method of claim 16, wherein the neurodegenerative disease is Alzheimer’s disease. The method of any one of claims 1 to 17, wherein the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disorder is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of cognitive functioning in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, an improvement of cognitive impairment in the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject, and/or prevent cognitive decline in a subject predisposed to a disorder or disease associated with cognitive decline.
The method of any one of claims 1 to 18, wherein the baseline level of the tan protein, being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide a delay in progression of impairment, halt in progression of impairment, and/or improvement in cognitive ability and/or function, of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject assessed according to one or more testing criteria methods selected from Cogstate Neuropyschological Testing criteria, Hopkins Verbal Learning Test, Controlled Word Association Test, and Trail Making A and B Tests, CDR-SB, MMSE, ADAS-Cog, CogState Cognition Test Battery, CANTAB test battery, and Amsterdam instrumental activities of daily living. The method of claim 19, wherein the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide a delay in progression of impairment, halt in progression of impairment, and/or improvement in cognitive ability and/or function, of the treated subject relative to a non-treated subject assessed according to CDR-SB, wherein the CDR-SB test score improvement relative to a non-treated subject is at least about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, or 2.0, or in a range between about 0.1 and 2.0, 0.1 and 1.0, 0.2 and 1.0, 0.3 and 1.0, 0.4 and 1.0, 0.5 and 1.0, 0.5 and 0.9, and 0.6 and 0.9. The method of any one of claims 1 to 20, wherein the baseline level of the tau protein, being equal to or greater than the reference level of the tau protein associated with a neurodegenerative disease, is indicative that treatment with the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is likely to provide an improvement of a change in baseline in Executive Function and/or Episodic Memory. The method of any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the human subject has a Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE) score of less than 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, or 10. The method of any one of claims 1 to 22, further comprising treating the human subject with an 11β-HSDl inhibitor if it is determined that the human subject is likely to respond to treatment thereto, or if it is determined that there is an increased probability of responsiveness to treatment. The method of any one of claims 1 to 23, wherein the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of ABT384, AZD4017, ABT305, INCB- 13739, BVT.3498, BVT 116429, bezafibrate; CRx-401, diflunisal; BMS-823778; UE2343; and carbenoxolone.
The method of any one of claims 1 to 24, wherein the 11β-HSDl inhibitor is selected from a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof:
Formula I; wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6 ialoalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2- 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR3, -SR3, -NR3R4, -COR3, -CO2R3, -CONR3R4, -NR3COR4, -SO2R3, - SO2NR3R4, and -NR3SO2R4; wherein R3 and R4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, 3-7-membered carbocyclyl and 3-7- membered heterocyclyl; wherein each 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, 3-7-membered carbocyclyl, and 3-7-membered heterocyclyl, is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-Ci- 6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR5, -SR5, -NR5R6, -COR5, -CO2R5, -CONR5R6, -NR5COR6, -SO2R5, -SO2NR5R6, and -NR5SO2R6; and wherein each R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6alkyl. The method of claim 25, wherein the compound of Formula I is a compound of Formula la, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or prodrug thereof:
Formula la; wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6 haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2- 6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR3, -SR3, -NR3R4, -COR3, -CO2R3, -CONR3R4, -NR3COR4, -SO2R3, - SO2NR3R4, and -NR3SO2R4;
wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, 3-7-membered carbocyclyl and 3-7-membered heterocyclyl; wherein each 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10-membered heterocyclyl, 3-7- membered carbocyclyl, and 3-7-membered heterocyclyl, is unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, -O-C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, -O-C1-6haloalkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, -CN, -CF3, -OR5, -SR5, -NR5R6, -COR5, -CO2R5, -CONR5R6, -NR5COR6, -SO2R5, - SO2NR5R6, and -NR5SO2R6; and wherein each R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and C1-6alkyl. The method of claim 25 or claim 26, wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, 3-10-membered carbocyclyl, 3-10- membered heterocyclyl, -OH, -CN, and -NH2; and wherein if present, each 3-10- membered carbocyclyl and 3-10-membered heterocyclyl may be further substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl. The method of any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein R1 and R2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, 6-membered carbocyclyl, 6- membered heterocyclyl, -OH, -CN, and -NH2; and wherein if present, each 6-membered carbocyclyl and 6-membered heterocyclyl may be further substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl. The method of any one of claims 25 to 28, wherein R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, -OH, -CN, -CF3, -NH2, and C1-6alkyl, and R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of:
and The method of any one of claims 25 to 29, wherein the compound of Formula I is selected from the group consisting of:
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
AU2022902939A AU2022902939A0 (en) | 2022-10-07 | Identification of subjects for 11B-HSD1 inhibitor treatment | |
AU2022902939 | 2022-10-07 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2024073794A1 true WO2024073794A1 (en) | 2024-04-11 |
Family
ID=90607359
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/AU2023/050878 WO2024073794A1 (en) | 2022-10-07 | 2023-09-12 | SUBJECT SELECTION FOR 11β-HSD1 INHIBITOR TREATMENT |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2024073794A1 (en) |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20020019016A1 (en) * | 2000-06-30 | 2002-02-14 | Eugeen Vanmechelen | Differential diagnosis of neurological diseases |
US20130123268A1 (en) * | 2010-04-29 | 2013-05-16 | The University Of Edinburgh | 3,3-disubstituted-(8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-8-yl)-[5-(1h-pyrazol-4-yl)-thiophen-3-yl]-methanones as inhibitors of 11 (beta)-hsd1 |
WO2021062472A1 (en) * | 2019-09-30 | 2021-04-08 | Actinogen Medical Limited | Medicinal cognitive treatments |
WO2021142128A1 (en) * | 2020-01-07 | 2021-07-15 | University Hospitals Cleveland Medical Center | Biomarker and druggable target of neurodegeneration |
WO2022119917A1 (en) * | 2020-12-01 | 2022-06-09 | Hay Meredith | Biomarker and treatment for vascular cognitive impairment and related conditions |
CN115015228A (en) * | 2022-02-22 | 2022-09-06 | 上海科华生物工程股份有限公司 | Chemiluminescence kit for detecting p-tau181 protein in blood and preparation method thereof |
-
2023
- 2023-09-12 WO PCT/AU2023/050878 patent/WO2024073794A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20020019016A1 (en) * | 2000-06-30 | 2002-02-14 | Eugeen Vanmechelen | Differential diagnosis of neurological diseases |
US20130123268A1 (en) * | 2010-04-29 | 2013-05-16 | The University Of Edinburgh | 3,3-disubstituted-(8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]oct-8-yl)-[5-(1h-pyrazol-4-yl)-thiophen-3-yl]-methanones as inhibitors of 11 (beta)-hsd1 |
WO2021062472A1 (en) * | 2019-09-30 | 2021-04-08 | Actinogen Medical Limited | Medicinal cognitive treatments |
WO2021142128A1 (en) * | 2020-01-07 | 2021-07-15 | University Hospitals Cleveland Medical Center | Biomarker and druggable target of neurodegeneration |
WO2022119917A1 (en) * | 2020-12-01 | 2022-06-09 | Hay Meredith | Biomarker and treatment for vascular cognitive impairment and related conditions |
CN115015228A (en) * | 2022-02-22 | 2022-09-06 | 上海科华生物工程股份有限公司 | Chemiluminescence kit for detecting p-tau181 protein in blood and preparation method thereof |
Non-Patent Citations (3)
Title |
---|
ANONYMOUS: "Actinogen Alzheimer's Disease biomarkers - context & history", ACTINOGEN, 13 September 2022 (2022-09-13), XP093159702, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://wcsecure.weblink.com.au/pdf/ACW/02567659.pdf> * |
ANONYMOUS: "Actinogen announces positive Alzheimer's Disease clinical results", ACTINOGEN, 10 October 2022 (2022-10-10), XP093159703, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://actinogen.com.au/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/20221010-ASX-2450955-ACW-announces-positive-Alzheimers-Disease-clinical-results.pdf> * |
ANONYMOUS: "Actinogen presents at ADPDTM Alzheimer's and Parkinson's diseases conference", ACTINOGEN, 30 March 2023 (2023-03-30), XP093159705, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://announcements.asx.com.au/asxpdf/20230331/pdf/45n6j3vr8gcghs.pdf> * |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP7312169B2 (en) | Ganaxolone used to treat hereditary epileptic disorders | |
Adlard et al. | Metals and Alzheimer’s disease: how far have we come in the clinic? | |
JP6745304B2 (en) | Methods and formulations for treating Alzheimer's disease | |
EP4342465A2 (en) | Methods of treating hepatic encephalopathy | |
JP2005526077A (en) | Neuroprotective spirostenol pharmaceutical composition | |
Bowers Jr | Cerebrospinal fluid 5-hydroxyindoles and behavior after L-tryptophan and pyridoxine administration to psychiatric patients | |
JP2022092013A (en) | Composition comprising anti-a beta protofibril antibody and beta-secretase bace1 inhibitor for treatment of alzheimer's disease | |
US20140336256A1 (en) | Method of treating tourette's disorder with gaba-aminotransferase inactivators | |
Komatsu et al. | Catatonic symptoms appearing before autonomic symptoms help distinguish neuroleptic malignant syndrome from malignant catatonia | |
US20230000843A1 (en) | Medicinal cognitive treatments | |
JP2022554090A (en) | How to Treat Symptoms of Autism Spectrum Disorder | |
WO2024073794A1 (en) | SUBJECT SELECTION FOR 11β-HSD1 INHIBITOR TREATMENT | |
Hall et al. | Transdermal estrogen patches for aggressive behavior in male patients with dementia: a randomized, controlled trial | |
US20240016875A1 (en) | Shan-zha for the treatment of depression and anxiety disorders | |
IL303006A (en) | Use of pridopidine and analogs for treating rett syndrome | |
JP2015505314A (en) | Methods and medicaments for treating Alzheimer's disease | |
Muratorio et al. | A neurotropic approach to the treatment of multi-infarct dementia using L-α-glycerylphosphorylcholine | |
US20180338996A1 (en) | Combination therapy for traumatic brain injury | |
US20160151316A1 (en) | Method of treating tourette's disorder with gaba-aminotransferase inactivators | |
WO2023235937A1 (en) | Treatment of antidepressant resistant subjects | |
Paul et al. | Efficacy of Doxylamine and Pyridoxine during Pregnancy Induced Nausea and Vomiting | |
WO2023230560A1 (en) | Treatment of organic acidemias or pantothenate kinase associated neurodegeneration with modulators of pantothenate kinases | |
Karamian et al. | Antiseizure Medications and Treatments in Neonates | |
Hartman | A RANDOMIZED, DOUBLE-BLIND, PLACEBO-CONTROLLED, SIX-MONTH STUDY TO EVALUATE THE EFFICACY, SAFETY AND TOLERABILITY OF SARIZOTAN IN PATIENTS WITH RETT SYNDROME WITH RESPIRATORY SYMPTOMS | |
Hutto | The symptoms of depression in endocrine disorders |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23874090 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |